Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD AV / AC RENOVATIONS - 16-0023-PR-B
BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATONS PROJECT NO. 16-0023-PR-B CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for BRIO ;FfI 1 AND REAtJTIF'1;1, BAIT(,) BEAC I Issued to Bid JULY 2016 1 1 r City of Clearwater, Florida BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of Griner Engineer COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION 1 ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Bright House Field HC /AC Renovations Project # 16- 0023 -PR -B Clearwater, FL 33756 Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and /or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www .myClearwater.com /cityprojects, on Wednesday, August 8, 2016 until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of removing and replacing various HV /AC systems thought out Bright House Network Field stadium and miscellaneous HV /AC work; removal and reinstallation of ceiling tile and grid, removal and reconnection of electrical service replacement of hose kit, removal of strainer, clean and reinstall, remove and replace cooling tower, removal and replacement two pump of cooling tower of removal and replacement of air handler and condensing unit, removal and replacement of water heat pump units, provide new air conditioning split units & associated electrical and HVAC pluming, provide 5 year extended warranty of compressor, Owner as elected tax saving program and shall Direct Purchase of Materials and the successful Contractor awarded the project shall implement DPO procedures attached in the bidding documents, prospective bidders shall visit the site and have a clear understanding of the scope of the work based on the contract documents. MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on Tuesday, August 16, 2016 (a 9:30am on site at 601 Old Coachman Rd. Clearwater, Florida 33765 (Bright House Field) in the media room. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg. 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3'1 Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520, until 1:00 P.M. on Thursday, September 8, 2016. The bids will be publicly opened in Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for Bright House Field - HV /AC Renovations Project # 16- 0023 -PR -B. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning, with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $250 „000 in this category. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager (727) 562 -4633 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS /VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II I Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION H — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com /cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non - refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid /proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre - qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.mycl earwater. com /gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin /Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non - technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre -bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal /Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID /PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid /Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice - president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders to three), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his /her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid /request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction - related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. SECTION 11 B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction - related Best Management Practices. Page 9 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 I 1 SECTION III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III i Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty -four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 111—General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service ". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre- construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well - known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES lf, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one - hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self - insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products /completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non - owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY /MALPRACTICE /ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice /Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT /INLAND MARINE /PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment— Inland Marine Insurance and /or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 1. The Description (of Operations /Locations /Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non - renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non - contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub - contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of SO Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3 -1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start -up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in- kind" within forty -eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in- kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and /or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Layer Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5 °, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. SECTION III Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION HI — General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail address Thomas .Mahony(a,myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor - provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of SO Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General .Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand -by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for. Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and /or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As -built /Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of terminatio0, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor /Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and /or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email: Michael.Pryor(a,myC learwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer /Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner - purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 i r 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non - payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and /or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non- conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and /or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and /or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and /or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager /City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of- way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE. FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION I11— General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non- responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid /Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B Section # Section Name # of Pages SCOPE OF WORK - .6 DIVISION 09 - PAINTING SPECFICATIONS 099000 Painting 12 DIVISION 23 — MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 230523 General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 11 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 10 230548 Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 2 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 4 230593 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 9 230700 HVAC Insulation 6 232113 Hydronic Piping 7 230700 Hydronic Piping Specialties 7 230700 Hydronic Pumps 4 230700 HVAC Piping 7 230700 HVAC Water Treatment Equipment 4 230700 Air Duct Accessories 3 230700 Energy Recovery Ventilators 5 230700 Cooling Towers - Closed Circuit Cooler. 5 238126 Split System Air - Conditioners 7 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICAITONS 260010 Basic Division 26 Requirements 11 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 14 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 7 260535 Boxes and Cabinets 9 260553 Electrical Identification 13 262870 Motor and Circuit Disconnects 2 260575 Conduit Rough -In Systems 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD (BHF) HVAC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B SCOPE OF WORK: 1. The intent in this Bright House Field — HVAC Renovations is replace all HVAC units as shown on the contract documents as base bid and additive alternate bid item. However budget restrains the Owner may only elect to perform base bid items or additive alternate bid items up to funds allotted for HVAC Renovations at Bright House Field.. 2. All Bidders shall be Pre - qualified in Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning two week prior to bid opening date. Prequalification minimum amount is $250,000.00 attached copy of pre - qualifications is included in this contract document. 3. 10% bid bond is required and a performance surety bond is also required for this jroect see p detailed information in this contract document. 4. The prospective bidders shall agree to hold his bid prices for ninety (90) days from bid opening date. 5. The word Contractor shall mean the same as HVAC Mechanical contractor and shall perform all work shown as shown on in these contract documents and shall retain other sub- contractors to perform the works of this in providing a complete operations HVAC system and back to pre- construction conditions in acceptance of this contract. 6. The Contractor shall note the Owner and the Philadelphia Phillies shall continue daily operations of the Bright House Field during the HVAC Renovations and the Contractor shall minimize disruption of daily operational business activities. 7. Contractor's lay down area shall be located in the south parking lot of Bright House Field and exact location shall be provided at the pre- construction meeting. 8. The Owner has submitted for Building Permit application and the Contractor shall collect the Building Permit from the City of Clearwater Building Dept. There shall be no fee required for the Contractor to collect the building permit. The Building Permit No. is BCP2016- 07584. The Contractor shall call in for all inspections as required at the correct intervals for City Inspector observe the work performed and sign of as the project progresses. The Contractor shall be required to close out the building permit and obtain a Certificate of Completion. Provide the Building Permit and Certificate of Completion originals to the Owner in the Operation & Maintenance Manual (O &M Manual). 9. The intent award of contract by City Council shall be on October 6, 2016 and contractor shall collect the contract on Friday October 7, 2016 and execute signing the contract. Notice to proceed with the work shall be on Monday, October 10, 2016 and contractor shall be on site performing the work within 7 days from Notice to Proceed. Contract duration 120 Consecutive Calendar Days Completion of the work shall be February 06, 2017 1 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK 10. In execute signing the contract the Surety Performance Bond shall be recorded at the Pinellas County Court House and the original and the executed sign contractor shall be returned to the City for finalization of the contract. 11. The Owner shall develop a request to requisition and formally submit for Purchase Order based on the amount of contract approved by City Council and submitted on Friday, October 7, 2016 and the Contractor shall receive the purchase order the following week. 12. The Owner has elected to institute tax saving to incorporate additional HVAC units to be installed at BHF Renovations by using the tax savings. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (PO) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 13. Contractor shall submit a list Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Summary of Materials of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for consideration prior to initial pay application. Certain bid proposals will list pre- determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost and (b) sales tax savings associated with the item. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. See Appendix for additional information Owner Direct Purchase of Materials. 14. The Owner has provide asbestos survey of the work performed by Greenfield Environmental and is attached in the contract documents upon notice the Contractor intent to award the BHF — HVAC Renovations the Contractor shall be required to submit to Pinellas County Air Quality 10 day notice prior to being work at the project site. Fee for this notice is paid by the Contractor and a line item is included in the bill of quantities. 15. Pre - construction meeting prior to award of contract (October 2016, exact date to be determined). At this meeting the contractor will provide the following: a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments. Final copy of Payment Schedule in the 0 & M Manual. b. Detailed progress schedule shall be submitted at the pre construction meeting and updated for each progress meeting and long lead items shown on the schedule. Final Schedule in the 0 & M Manual. c. Material submittals & Shop Drawings — list of materials to be provided to the Engineer for approval prior to purchasing. All Material & Shop Drawing Submittals in the 0 & M Manual. d. Discussion of project closeout procedures. 3 hard copies of 0 & M Manual shall be provided to the Owner in a three ring binder and separate tabs shall separate each section and shall include HVAC units warranty and extended 5 year warranty shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. e. Owner to provide updated events schedule. f. Owner to provide electric and water. g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms). h. The schedule is to be discussed at project progress meetings and shall be held every two week at an agreed day and time. Discussion items a the meetings as follows: i. Work completed the past two (2) weeks. ii. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks. 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK iii. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.) iv. Updated schedule. v. Draft pay request and submission of invoice. 16. Quality Assurance: a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total, and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any questions relevant to the project requirements. b. Contractor shall provide all barricades, as necessary to protect the structure and safety of the residents, visitors, and workers at all times. c. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre- construction meeting. 17.Owner will provide a Clerk -of- the -Works for coordination of daily activities within the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as required by the owner. 18. The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on -site identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc. 19. Payment for work performed. a. The Contractor shall submit pay application of the 25th of each month of work performed the pass 30 days. b. A pencil draft of the pay application shall be provided to the Engineer and Owner at one of the progress meeting for review. Upon approval the Contractor shall submit an electronic pay application for approval and upon approval by the Engineer shall send electronic copy to the Owner for payment. c. Payment of request for payment shall be made within 30 days from date of invoice and payment shall be made to the Contractor's mailing address. No check will be provided by hand delivering and only delivery by U. S. Postal Service. d. Final payment shall be made as stipulated in the contract documents. e. 10% retainage of total project cost shall be retained by the Owner until the following schedule of items are completed: i. 5% retainage may be requested upon: 1. Substantial completion of the project: a. Close out of Building Permit Final b. Obtain Certificate of Completion c. Preliminary walk through by Engineer & Owner d. Punch list has been provided to the Contractor to perform punch list ii. Remaining 5% retainage may be request upon: 1. Punch list items are completed and request for final walk through by the Owner and Engineer and approval punch list items are completed. 2. 0 & M Manual has been reviewed and approved by Engineer, turned over to the Owner 3. 3 Hard Copies of the 0 & M Manual with divider tabs of each section 4. 1 Hard copy set of red lined As Built drawings 5. 3 electronic CD's of files in the 0 & M Manual and As built drawings 3 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK 20. Deliverable at Close Out of Project: a. Red Line 'As- Built drawings shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall obtain a clean set of drawings from the Owner. The clean set of drawings the Contractor shall red line and changes to the work performed. 21. Care shall be taken during demolition as all repair work shall be included by the Mechanical Contractor to restore to preconstruction conditions. This includes ceiling and walls. 22. Remove and reinstall ceiling tiles and ceiling grid as necessary. Damaged material shall be replaced in kind. 23. Site shall be clean of any construction debris daily and disposed of at the end of day in a proper disposal container in the Contractors lay down area. No construction debris or contractor's employee trash shall be on site at the end of the work day. At carpeted area the Contractor shall vacuum these areas to prevent tracking construction dust into other parts of carpeted areas of the facility. 24. Contractor lunch & break area are shall be at a designated location on site and confirm by the Owner of location. The Contractor and his employees shall keep the area tidy at all time and no food /wrappers /containers shall be left in open view and be disposed of in a proper trash container and disposed in the Contractor's lay down area. No food containers, bottles /cups /drinking containers shall be left in the BHF facility at the end of the work day. 25. Disconnect and reconnect electrical service to heat pump /air handler. 26. Remove and replace hose kit with new. 27. All existing duck work to remain and be undisturbed except at connections to HVAC units being replaced. 28. Remove clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers. 29. Provide miscellaneous items as required to provide a complete operational system. 30. Remove & replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown on drawings. 31. Remove & replace cooling tower associated piping, fittings & valves in kind as necessary & roofing curbs, repair roofing to prevent leakage. 32. Remove & replace cooling towers pumps WLP -1 and 2. 33. Chemical feeder system Contractor shall remove carefully and place in storage for reinstallation upon installation of new cooling tower and pumps. Replace any worn out piping as necessary of reinstallation of chemical feeder system for a complete operational cooling tower system. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK 34. Thermostats shall be replaced in -kind. Thermostat in Diamond Outfitters to be relocated for better temperature control. Wall patching and painting shall be responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor of this contract. 35.AH-104 to have condensate re- sloped from below drain pan to exterior wall to prevent drain pan overflow. 36. The Contractor shall dispose of the HV /AC unit at proper disposal facilities and maintain records of disposal for future references if required by other governing agencies request. 37. Removal and replacement of any roof units Contractor shall remove and provide new roofing curbs roof patching as necessary with similar type materials and have a qualified Roofing Contractor to perform patches from leaking. 38. The Contractor shall contact City of Clearwater Solid Waste for roll off containers if required for this project. City of Clearwater Zoning Ordinance requires any roll off for public project utilize be obtain from City of Clearwater Solid Waste Department. 39. Contractor shall perform test and balancing of each HVAC unit replaced and provide report to the Engineer for review and approval. Provide copies of the test and balancing report in the 0 &.M Manual and electronic files on to three CD's and turn over to the Owner at close out of the project. 40. Coordinate exact duplex electrical outlets and equipment locations with engineer Owner Mechanical Contractor prior to rough -in. 41. Electrical Contractor shall track existing circuits to turn off breakers prior to beginning work. 42. Scope of work shall include all ceiling work, including removal - replacement -reuse of ceiling tiles, lighting fixtures and /or ceiling mounted devices, temporary lighting, requirements from the AHJ required to perform any electrical work. 43. Wherever the word "Provide" is used, it shall mean "Furnish and Install Complete Operational System" 44. New branch circuits shall be minimum 2 #12 and 1 #12 E.G. in 3/4" conduits unless otherwise noted for HVAC work scope. 45. Bright House Field Drawing Index: Sheet No. Title of Sheet Date M000 Cover Sheet July 12, 2016 M101 Legend July 15, 2016 M101A Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M101 B Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M101C Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M102 Mechanical Concourse Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M103 Mechanical Third Floor Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 5 BHF — HVAC RENOVATIONS - SCOPE OF WORK M201 Schedules July 15, 2016 M202 Schedules July 15, 2016 M301 Details July 15, 2016 Project Duration: 120 Consecutive Calendar Days 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Bidding Requirements, Contractual Conditions, and General Requirements of Division One shall apply to all work hereunder. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this Section includes furnishing all materials, labor, scaffolding, tools, equipment for all painting and all related items necessary to complete the work shown or specified. 1. Prime coats specified herein shall not be required on items delivered with prime or shop coats already applied. 2. Following Specifications, cover complete painting and finishing of all wood, plaster, concrete, concrete block, drywall, unfinished metal and other surfaces throughout interior and exterior of building, except as otherwise specified. 3. Painting contractor shall examine Specifications for various other trades and shall thoroughly familiarize himself with their provisions regarding their painting; he shall understand that all surfaces that are left unfinished by requirements of other Specifications shall be painted and finished as part of this Contract. 4. If woodwork, metal or any other surfaces to be finished cannot be put in proper condition for finishing by customary cleaning, sanding and puttying operations, painting contractor shall immediately notify General Contractor or Architect in writing, or assume responsibility for and rectify any unsatisfactory finish resulting. 1.3 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Work not included under this Section: 1. Factory finished items. 2. Furring and runner channels specified in the plaster and gypsum wallboard sections. 3. Unexposed galvanized surfaces. 4. Non - ferrous metals. 5. Exposed concrete floors. 6. Precast concrete panels. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Coordinate and schedule the work required under this Section with that of the other trades in order not to delay the progress of the job. Examine all locations where work is to be performed and notify the Architect and General Contractor in writing if defects exist which are detrimental to the proper or timely performance of the work. Do not begin work until such defects have been remedied or adjusted. B. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to own and use a wet film thickness gauge to check his application thickness as he proceeds. This method shall be used and checked against the volume solids and coverage rates. Approved gauge: Nordson Wet Film Thickness Gauge, Amherst, Ohio. 1.5 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 — Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples B. Division 3 — Concrete C. Division 5 — Metals D. Division 6 — Wood and Plastic E. Section 09250 — Gypsum Wallboard 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND SUBMITTALS A. Within thirty (30) days after award of Contract, the Contractor, together with the manufacturer whose materials he proposes to furnish, shall prepare a "Detailed Painting Schedule" for the approval of the Architect. The "Detailed Painting Schedule" so prepared shall be based on the surfaces, types of painting materials, and number of coats required, as set forth in the "Painting Schedule" hereinafter, substituting for each type of painting material listed therein or required, the corresponding brand designation of the product of the approved manufacturer proposed for each use. For each application listed or required, the brand designation and grade of the highest quality material produced by the approved manufacturer shall be submitted. B. Submit product analysis and performance characteristics for all paint materials, as requested by the Architect. C. Submit duplicate copies of manufacturer's color chip guide for Architect's selection. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. All paint materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in original containers and packages bearing the manufacturer's name and shall be delivered ready- mixed. B. All paint and flammable materials and equipment used on the job shall be stored a minimum of 50 feet from the building, in a separate, enclosure and well marked as, "Flammable Storage Area ", "No smoking within 50 feet of this Area ". Sign shall be posted and enforced. The storage area shall be kept neat and clean. Floors shall be adequately protected from paint spillage. All cloths and cotton waste which might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in metal containers and destroyed at the end of each work day. All damage caused to surfaces within the storage area shall be repaired. A fire extinguisher shall be provided and fully charged at all times for this area. 1.8 GUARANTEE A. All work shall be guaranteed by this Contractor against defects caused by use of inferior materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. The term "paint ", as used in this Section, includes emulsions, enamels, paints, coatings and sealers. Paint shall be well - ground, shall not settle badly, cake or thicken in the container, and shall have easy brushing properties. 2. Paint materials shall be of approved manufacturer as specified and of the types listed in the "Painting Schedule" hereinafter, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect. 3. Paint colors shall be as selected by the Architect. Prime coats and undercoats shall be tinted approximately to the shade of the final coat, but shall each have a slight variation of color to distinguish them from the preceding coat. All finish paints shall be "ready- mixed ", matching the approved color display. B. ASTM designations referred to herein are from the so designated Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials (latest edition); materials specified shall conform to such designations, except as modified herein: 1. Raw linseed oil shall conform to ASTM D234. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2. Boiled linseed oil shall conform to ASTM D260. 3. Turpentine shall conform to ASTM D13. 4. Drier shall conform to ASTM D600 for Class 'B' drier, unless otherwise recommended by the approved paint manufacturer. 5. Mineral spirits shall conform to ASTM D235. 6. White lead shall conform to ASTM D81. C. Shellac shall conform to the requirements for refined Type I medium body shellac of the Federal Specifications for shellac varnish, Designation: TT -V -91 lb. D. Spackling compound shall be finely ground, grit -free when dry, and shall set with no shrinkage to a smooth, hard, white surface that shall sand properly and receive any finish. E. Patching plaster shall be white, non - shrinking, containing no lime, and uniform in set and quality. F. Acetic acid solution shall be a 5% solution of acetic acid CH3COOH. G. Where paints require special thinners, dryers, or prior surface washes, or where painting equipment requires special cleaning agents, such materials shall be as recommended by the approved paint manufacturer for the indicated use. H. Painting materials, shellac and any other material specified herein shall meet U.S.G.B.C. LEED Building Design and Construction, current edition, for low - emitting materials. 2.2 APPROVED PAINTING MATERIALS A. The products herein specified are those known suitable for this type of work and are based on those manufactured by Benjamin Moore. Trade names used only to set a standard of quality desired B. Subject to full compliance with all requirements, the following manufacturers offer products which may be incorporated into the work: 1. Benjamin Moore 2. Pittsburgh Paints 3. Pratt & Lambert, Inc. 4. ICI Paints C. Other manufacturers with similar products meeting all requirements may be acceptable upon complete data submittal and Architect approval prior to Bidding in accordance with Division 1. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Company's equivalent materials will be approved on a submittal basis, subject to conformance with field requirements. E. When painting is to be started, the manufacturer whose materials have been approved for use shall furnish competent technical assistance on the job to ensure that his materials are being applied properly. This assistance shall be available at all times until completion of the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. All metal and concrete surfaces to be painted, including those previously shop or prime coated, shall be examined to determine their acceptability for receiving paints and coatings herein specified. Unacceptable surfaces shall be corrected by sandblasting, waterblasting, acid etching, power tooling, rubbing, or any other methods recommended by the coating material supplier. The Architect shall be advised of corrective measures before proceeding with the work. Application of coatings signifies acceptance of surfaces and responsibility for performance of coatings. 3.2 PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY A. Complete protection shall be furnished from paint drippings to the work, personnel, and equipment of other trades, and to the Owner's property by the use of tarpaulins, dropcloths, masking, or other protective covering. All protective measures shall be taken to prevent accident and fire, to safeguard equipment and personnel, and to prevent interference with normal operations. All tarpaulins and dropcloths used shall be flameproofed by chemical treatment. Paint droppings and overflows shall be cleaned off as they occur. B. Do not paint fire rated labels that are on doors, windows, shutters, frames, etc. 3.3 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING SURFACES A. Fixtures, frames, escutcheons, cover plates, and other similar objects on walls and ceilings to receive paint shall be removed prior to application of material and stored in protected area until ready to be replaced. B. Tarpaulins, dropcloths, masking tape, and other suitable covers shall be used, as required, to protect adjacent and underlying surfaces that are likely to be stained, spotted, or otherwise marred. C. This Contractor shall be held responsible for any staining of other work and must either entirely remove the stains or replace the stained surface. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Hardware Protection: It shall be the painting subcontractor's responsibility to protect all finish hardware from paint damage; any damaged hardware shall be replaced at his expense. Door silencers shall not be installed until door frames have been painted. 3.4 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Metal Surfaces: 1. General: All metal surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of concrete, mortar, plaster, weld -burn, shavings, dirt, dust, and other objectionable matter. Wire brushes shall not be used on galvanized and shop painted surfaces. All rust, loose or disintegrated paint, grease and scale shall be removed from metal work before priming or field coats are applied. 2. Unpainted Ferrous Metal: Surfaces shall be cleaned with wire brushes or by other proper and acceptable means. Grease and oil shall be removed with benzine or other similar volatile cleaners. The surfaces shall be free from moisture or frost. 3. Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Surfaces: Grease and oil shall be removed with benzine or other similar volatile cleaner. Surfaces shall then be treated with an approved chemical compound such as phosphoric acid wash. The chemical compound shall be completely removed with clean, fresh water, and the surfaces thoroughly dried prior to priming. 4. Zinc - Chromate Shop Painted Ferrous Metal: Grease and oil shall be removed with benzine or other similar volatile cleaner. Care shall be exercised to prevent damage to the shop coat. Abraded or marred shop coats shall be touched -up with the same paint as used for priming. 5. Structural and miscellaneous metals are specified to be shipped to the jobsite with prime coat. Items shall be touched -up, as necessary, at the jobsite prior to erection. a. Ferrous materials delivered to the jobsite without shop coats shall be thoroughly cleaned and primed in the field. Cleaning shall be in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Surface Preparations Specifications #2. After cleaning, all surfaces except galvanized shall be primed with zinc - chromate iron oxide primer, equal to Pittsburgh's formulation 17 -6. Galvanized surfaces shall be prepared as hereinafter specified and given a special galvanized primer. All rust, oil, grease, etc. shall be removed. B. After erection, all weld splatter shall be removed and additional cleaning done, as required, to ensure a proper paint bond. The prime shall be applied to all surfaces as soon as possible after cleaning. C. Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Surfaces shall have cured properly for at least ten (10) days. Wall and floor surfaces shall be free from laitance and loose material and shall show no evidence of a weak surface. Painting on concrete or masonry surfaces shall be delayed as long as practicable within the limits of the Contract. All grease, oil, dust, chemicals, efflorescence and other foreign matter shall be removed. Cracks and other blemishes too large to be covered by the coating shall be patched with compatible materials to the satisfaction of the Architect. Surface projections and mortar splatter shall be leveled by grinding, stoning or scraping. 2. Neutralizer: Masonry surfaces to receive paint shall be tested with phenolphtalien for presence of alkali or active lime. If test indicates their presence, the surface shall be washed down with a neutralizing solution of 3 lbs. of commercial zinc sulphate per gallon of warm water to which has been added a small quantity of water soluble nigroscene to stain the plaster slightly, thus aiding in visual coverage. When dry, the loose crystals shall be brushed off ready for the plaster primer. Neutralizer will not be required if the prescribed test indicates a neutral condition. D. Plaster to Receive Paint: 1. Plaster surfaces shall be free from grit, loose particles and surface irregularities before paint is applied. Plaster surfaces shall be primed with an approved PVA primer or sealer. Cracks and holes shall be repaired with patching plaster (spackled), properly keyed to the existing plaster and sandpapered smooth. E. Wood Surfaces: 1. Knots, pitch streaks, or visible sap spots shall be treated with two (2) coats of shellac. 2. All woodwork that is to be painted shall be primed at earliest possible moment. Back, as well as front, of all millwork coming in contact with masonry walls or plaster walls shall be primed. F. Aluminum surfaces in contact with other materials such as concrete, masonry, steel, wood, etc., shall be given a coat of alkali- resistant bituminous paint. G. Pipe, duct and equipment insulation such as canvas jacket insulation to be painted shall be cleaned of all loose foreign and objectionable material prior to priming. 3.5 SCAFFOLDING A. The painting contractor shall furnish and erect all scaffolding, dropcloths, and other materials necessary for this work, and shall remove same from the premises on completion of the painting Contract. 3.6 SHOP COATS GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 A. Exterior and Interior - Structural: 1. Ferrous Metal: a. 1 coat Shop -Coat Metal Primer, series P14 -20 "Red ". Use "White" where finish coat is white or light tints; use "Gray" for medium or dark colors. B. Interior: 1. Ferrous Metal including Galvanized Steel: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. 3.7 PAINT APPLICATION A. Materials for succeeding coats on any one surface shall be the products of the same manufacturer furnishing the first or primer sealer coat for that particular surface, except where red lead paint or zinc - chromate metal primer is used. B. Samples, approximately 2' -0" square, shall be applied to each type of surface to demonstrate finish color and allow final tint adjustment by Architect. C. Surfaces to be painted shall be free from moisture. All surfaces shall be checked with a moisture meter to determine the moisture content is not greater than 5 %. Paint shall be applied by brush, spray or rollers, and unless otherwise approved by the Architect, shall not be applied to any surface when the ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F., or more than 90 degrees F. Each coat of paint shall be thoroughly dry before a following coat is applied. Brushes and paint pails or containers shall be maintained, at all times, free from paint skin, extraneous thinner, adulterant, dirt and other objectionable material. Containers shall not be opened until required for use. Paint shall be thoroughly mixed before application and shall be frequently stirred during application, and the pigment shall be maintained satisfactorily in suspension. Paint shall not be thinned in excess of the printed directions of the manufacturer. Caking or the settling of pigment into a hard mass will be cause for rejection. D. Paint, except paint specified to be applied by spray, shall be brushed, cross - brushed, and laid off uniformly without visible laps, sags, curtains, holidays or objectionable brushmarks. Care shall be exercised so that paint does not splatter on surfaces or fittings not required to be painted. Tarpaulins or other suitable covers (with supports) shall be used to protect adjacent and underlying surfaces. Paint applied or splattered on surfaces not required to be painted shall be promptly removed. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement E. All primer and intermediate coats of paint shall be integral at the time of application of each succeeding be allowed between coats to ensure proper drying. F. All gloss enamel and undercoater shall be sanded prior to the application of succeeding coats. All closets, storage areas, etc., shall be finished the same as adjoining spaces, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Architect. G. The final coat of paint shall match in color, texture and tint the color displays approved by the Architect. GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 unscarred and completely coat. Sufficient time shall H. Wood Finish shall be as follows: Thoroughly sand all surfaces to receive finish. For open grain woods, apply a filler to fill the pores (verify use with Architect prior to use to ascertain desired affect). Apply liberal coat of clear stain. Stain may be thinned up to 25% with mineral spirits. Let penetrate 5 to 10 minutes and wipe off thoroughly. Allow to dry overnight. Sand lightly. Apply oil stain in shade desired to match required finish. Let dry thoroughly. Do not sand. Apply a sealer coat (not a sanding sealer). When dry, steel wool or sand lightly. Apply two coats of clear finish, gloss. Follow manufacturer's recommendations. I. Do not apply exterior paint in damp, rainy weather, or until surface has thoroughly dried from effects of such weather. Do not varnish or paint when temperature is below 50 degrees F. J. The use of sprayer applicator is prohibited after air - conditioning system is in use. 3.8 TOUCH -UP A. Wherever previously primed or painted surfaces have been destroyed or defaced, they shall be restored with materials of like kind. Gouges or scratches in factory - applied finishes shall be filled with suitable fillers and sanded smooth prior to priming and painting. Loose coatings shall be removed and the area shall be feather -edged at least 2" onto firm coatings. Where touch -up to a primed substrate exceeds 35% of the surface to be painted, the surface shall be fully reprimed. Compatibility between field primer and shop or vendor coat shall be verified by field spot testing before proceeding. Cost of touch -up shall be borne by the party responsible, as directed by the General Contractor. 3.9 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall clean up the work as it progresses from day to day, and shall remove therefrom and from the adjoining premises, driveways and streets, all waste materials and rubbish. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 B. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the site. Paint storage areas shall be left in a condition acceptable to the Architect. C. Fixtures, frames, escutcheons, cover plates and other similar items, which were removed during the work of this Section, shall be replaced in their original location and condition. D. Misplaced paint spots, oil or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left in a condition acceptable to the Architect. E. All paint and other foreign material shall be removed from plumbing fixtures, mechanical equipment, plumbing trim and other miscellaneous items that may have been soiled due to the painting operations. 3.10 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING A. Trade names used herein are only to set a standard of quality desired for type of substrate. Refer to Paragraph 2.02.A. B. Exterior: 1. Exterior Metal (Galvanized): a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec. HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. 2. Exterior Ferrous Metal: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. 3. Stucco and Concrete Surfaces: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore High Build Acrylic Masonry Primer series 068. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Aura Waterborne Exterior Paint series 632/629. 4. Exterior Handrails and Railings: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy high gloss enamel series P42 -70. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. C. Interior: 1. Wood Trim, Wood Doors, Exposed Wood (Scheduled for Clear Finish): a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 234, clear. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE' Project #16064 July 15, 2016 b. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 238 (omit for closed c. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Benwood series 422 (sanded). d. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 422. grain). grain). 2. Wood Trim, Wood Doors, Exposed Wood (Scheduled for Stained Finish): a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 234. b. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 238 (omit for closed c. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Benwood series 422 (sanded). d. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Benwood series 422. 3. Wood Trim, Wood Doors (Scheduled for Paint), Exposed Wood (Not Prefinished) including Plywoods and Exposed Shelves (Paint Finish): a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Fresh Start series 023. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore WB Eco Spec Eggshell series 374. 4. Gypsum Wallboard: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Fresh Start Primer series 023. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore WB Eco Spec Eggshell series 374. 5. Gypsum Wallboard in Damp Areas; Pre -Op, Recovery, Sterile Corridor, Nurse Stations, Step Down, Exam, Anesthesia Work, and Janitor Closet: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy high gloss enamel series P42 -70. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy high gloss enamel series P42/P43. 6. Concrete Block and Concrete: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Latex Block Filler series 285 (concrete block). b. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Fresh Start Primer series 023 (concrete). c. 2 coats Benjamin Moore WB Eco Spec Eggshell series 374. 7. Metal Frames and Doors: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore WB Eco Spec Interior Semi -Gloss series 376. 8. Steel and Galvanized Metal above Ceiling Line: a. Benjamin Moore Super Spec Sweep -Up Spray series 153. 9. Wood or Plywood Cabinets and Shelves Exposed to View and Scheduled for Paint, Unless Noted Otherwise in Drawings or Specifications: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Fresh Start Primer series 023. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore WB Eco Spec Eggshell series 374. 10. Inside of Cabinets and Shelf Surfaces Not Exposed to View Other than Plastic Laminate Surfaces: a. 2 coats of D.O.F. (Danish Oil Finish). 11. Ferrous Metal Surfaces: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 11 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 a. Shop Coats: All shop coats shall be touched -up with the same kind of paint as the shop coat and allowed to dry before application of finish coats. Any ferrous metal used in the work and not having shop coat shall be given prime coat as specified in addition to shop prime and rust - inhibitive coats specified. All exposed galvanized surfaces shall be painted and shall be considered ferrous metal PO4. 12. Interior Piping: Exposed surfaces, including piping and conduit, shall be color coded as per OSHA requirements. a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. b. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. 13. Machinery and Equipment (Except as Specified in the Mechanical Sections): a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer series PO4. b. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. 14. Interior Handrails and Railings: a. 1 coat Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Waterborne Polyamide Epoxy high gloss enamel series P42 -70. b. 2 coats Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss Enamel series P28. 3.11 FURNISH EXTRA PAINT A. This Contractor shall furnish the Owner with full gallon cans of each finished color and complete manufacturer label and formula, and color chip with manufacturer's color name and /or code. END OF SECTION 09 90 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 09 90 00 - 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems. 1. Special purpose valves are specified in individual piping system specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 HVAC piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 3. Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile- butadiene, Buna -N, or nitrile rubber. D. NPS: Nominal pipe size. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Zinc Content: Bronze valves shall not contain more than 15 percent zinc. D. To assure uniformity and compatibility, all grooved end valves and adjoining couplings shall be the products of a single manufacturer. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point tem perature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to Part 3 HVAC valve schedule for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as regiired for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For quarter -turn valves NPS 8 and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller. 4. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With stem extensions and the following features: 1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non - thermal- conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. 2. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 2. Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606. 3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP -45. 2.2 BALL VALVES A. Ball Valves, Bronze, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. c. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze, ASTM B584. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Stainless steel, Blowout proof. i. Ball: Stainless steel. j. Port: Full. B. Ball Valves, Brass, 600/300 psig. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Victaulic: 1) Series 722 (Threaded). 2) Series 589 (Pressure- Sealed). 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. WOG Rating: 600 psig. c. CWP Rating: 300 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded /Pressure Sealed. g. Seats: TFE. h. Stem Chrome - plated brass. i. Ball: Chrome - plated brass. j. Port: Standard. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEl Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.3 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly Valves, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -67. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (up to NPS 12), 150 psig (NPS14 and larger). c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead -end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two -piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. B. Butterfly Valves, Iron, 300 psig: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Victaulic Company Vic® -300 Master Sea1TM and Vic® -300 AGS. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -67. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. c. Body Design: Bi- directional, dead end services full rated pressure. d. Body Material: ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: Two - piece, blow out proof design utilizing stainless steel. g. Ends: Grooved. h. Disc: Electroless nickel coated ductile iron (offset disc). C. Butterfly Valves, Bronze, 300 psig: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Victaulic Series 608. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -67. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. c. Body Material: Bronze. d. Stem: Integrally cast, carbon steel. e. Disc. Coated, ductile iron. f. Ends: Grooved. g. Seal: EPDM. 3. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -68. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 4 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 b. CWP Rating: 285 psig at 100 deg F. c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead -end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: Carbon steel or stainless steel. e. Seat: Reinforced PTFE or metal. f. Stem: Stainless steel; offset from seat plane. g. Disc: Carbon steel. h. Service: Bidirectional. 2.4 CHECK VALVES A. Lift Check Valves, Bronze, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. NIBCO Inc. c. Milwaukee. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Swing Check Valves, Bronze, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. C. Swing Check Valves, Ductile Iron, 300 psig: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Victaulic Company Series 712. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July : 5, 2016 c. Body Material: Ductile iron ASTM A -536. d. Ends: Grooved. e. Clapper: Stainless steel. D. Swing Check Valves, Iron, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -71. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 12 CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. NPS 14 to NPS 24 CWP Rating: 150 psig. d. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. e. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. f. Ends: Flanged. g. Trim: Bronze h. Gasket: Asbestos free. E. Swing Check Valves, Iron, Class 250: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -71. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 500 psig. c. NPS 14 to NPS 24, CWP Rating: 300 psig. d. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. e. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. f. Ends: Flanged. g. Trim: Bronze. h. Gasket: Asbestos free. F. Spring Assisted Check Valves, Iron: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Victaulic Company 1) Series 716H (365 psig). 2) 716/779 (300 psig, with venturi taps). 3) W715 (230 psig, dual disc). 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80. b. NPS 2 to NPS 3, CWP Rating: 365 psig. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 6 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEl Project #16064 July 15, 2016 c. NPS 4 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 300 psig. d. NPS 14 to NPS 24, CWP Rating: 230 psig. e. Body Material: Ductile iron ASTM A -536 or A -395. f. Ends: Grooved. g. Disc: Stainless steel or ductile iron. G. Wafer Check Valves, Class 125 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -125. b. NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. NPS 14 to NPS 24, CWP Rating: 150 psig. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron. e. Style: Compact wafer. f. Seat: Bronze. 2.5 GLOBE VALVES A. Globe Valves, Bronze, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union -ring bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable or ductile iron. B. Globe Valves, Iron, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -85. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEL Project #16064 July 5, 2016 b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable or ductile iron. C. Globe Valves, Iron, Class 250: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -85. b. CWP Rating: 500 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable or ductile iron. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Examine grooved ends for conditions that might cause leakage. Ends shoulc be free from indentations or projections in the area from valve end to groove. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 8 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions, grooved couplings or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 8 feet above floor. Extend chains to 6 feet, 6 inches above finished floor. F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3. Grooved End Spring- Loaded Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between Victaulic couplings. 3.3 ADJUSTING A.. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead -End Service: Single -flange (lug) type or grooved. 3. Throttling Service: Globe, ball, or butterfly valves. 4. Pump- Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves. b. NPS 2 -1/2 and Larger: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or with spring. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged or grooved ends. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged or grooved ends. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE1 Project #16064 July 15, 2016 4. For Stainless Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Pressure - sealed ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 -1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged or grooved ends. 7. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged or grooved ends. 8. For Grooved -End except Steam and Steam Condensate Piping: Valve eids may be grooved. 3.5 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Install valves following system, size and pressure Class as scheduled below: Valve Type Chilled Water Hot Water Reclaim/ Condenser Water Ball Up to 3" Class 150 Up to 3" Class 150 Up to 3" Class 150 Ball, Brass Up to 2" 600/300 psig Up to 2" 600/300 psig Up to 2" 600/300 psig Butterfly 2 -1/2 and larger, Class 150 2 -1/2 and larger, Class 150 2 -1/2 and larger, Class 150 Butterfly Ductile Iron 2 -1/2 and larger 300 psig 2 -1/2 and larger 300 psig 2 -1/2 and larger 300 psig Butterfly Bronze 2 -1/2" and larger 300 psig 2 -1/2" and larger 300 psig 2 -1/2" and larger 300 psig Swing Check Bronze Up to 2" Class 150 Up to 2" Class 150 Up to 2' Class 150 Swing Check Iron Up to 4" 300 psig Up to 4" 300 psig Up to 4" 300 psig Swing Check Iron 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 Valve Type Chilled Water Hot Water Reclaim/ Condenser Water Spring Assisted Check Iron 2 -1/2" and larger 2 -1/2" and larger 2 -1/2" and larger Wafer Check 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 Lift Check Up to 2" Class 125 Up to 2" Class 125 Up to 2" Class 125 Globe, Bronze Up to 2" Class 150 Up to 2" Class 150 Up to 2" Class 150 Globe, Iron 2 -1/2 and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 2 -1/2" and larger, Class 125 END OF SECTION 23 05 23 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 23 - 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEL Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Inserts. 4. Equipment curbs. 5. Sleeves. 6. Formed steel channel. 7. Firestopping relating to HVAC work. 8. Firestopping accessories. 9. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 099000 - Painting: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 2. Section 232300 - HVAC Piping: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. ASTM E814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 3. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire - Resistive Joint Systems. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through- Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through- Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263, UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84, UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/50. C. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F- Ratings and temperature T- Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not Less than 1 -hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F- Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1 -hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F- Ratings and temperature T- Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1 -hour. a. Floor Penetrations within Wall Cavities: T- Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non -Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM E119 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Burning Characteristics: 25/50 flame spread /smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with Florida Building Code, Mechanical standards. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.9 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Material and Equipment: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Material and Equipment: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Furnish one year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc.. 2. Anvil International, Inc. 3. Flex -Weld, Inc. 4. Michigan Hanger Co. 5. Substitutions: Section 01600 — Material and Equipment. B. Refrigerant and Condensate Drain Piping: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9, ASTM F708. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 4 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1 -1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel or wood. 2.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. International Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non - asbestos fibers. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 2.6 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. 4. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non -Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water -stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. B. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from General Contractor before using powder- actuated anchors. E. Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION — INSERTS A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through -bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.1, ASME B31.5, ASME 31.9, ASTM F708. B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. E. Use hangers with 1 -1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. F. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. G. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 H. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. I. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 099000. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. 3.5 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 6 inches thick and extending 4 inches beyond supported equipment. B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct supports of steel members formed steel channel steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 3.6 INSTALLATION — SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. C. Extend sleeves through floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. D. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. E. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.7 INSTALLATION — FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 8 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating. D. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. E. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured. F. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, bus, cable bus, conduit, wireway, trough penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Non -Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non -fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install escutcheons floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non -fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at telecommunication rooms and electrical rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contract Closeout: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEL Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3.9 CLEANING A. Section Contract Closeout: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.10 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section Contract Closeout: Requirements for protecting finished Work. 1. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 29 - 10 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vibration isolators. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and: 1. ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment over 0.5 hp, plus connected piping and ductwork when motor and drive assembly are not internally isolated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason Industries 2. Kinetics B. Spring Hanger: 1. Spring Isolators: a. Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 48 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators rubber hanger with threaded insert. 4. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. C. Neoprene Pad Isolators: 1. Rubber or neoprene -waffle pads. a. 30 durometer. b. Minimum 1/2 inch thick. c. Maximum loading 40 psi. d. Height of ribs: not to exceed 0.7 times width. 2. Configuration: Single layer. 1/2 inch thick waffle pads bonded each side of 1/4 inch thick steel plate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify equipment, ductwork and piping is installed before work in this section is started. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Adjust equipment level. B. Install spring hangers without binding. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect isolated equipment after installation deflections. 3.4 ISOLATOR SCHEDULE ITEM Condensing Units Air Handling Units In -Line Fans Energy Recovery Ventilators GRINER ENGINEERING INC. and submit report. Include ISOLATOR TYPE Neoprene Pad Isolators Neoprene Pad Isolators Spring Hangers Spring Hangers END OF SECTION 23 05 48 static 230548 -2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE1 Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Pipe markers. 4. Ceiling tacks. 5. Labels. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 099000 - Painting: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 53 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.7 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Brimar Pipe Markers. 3. Seton Identification Products 4. Substitutions: Section 01600 — Material and Equipment. B. Product Description: Laminated three -layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. 2.2 TAGS A. Metal Tags: 1. Stainless Steel with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1 -1/2 inches diameter rectangular with finished edges. B. Information Tags: 1. Clear plastic with printed "Danger," "Caution," or "Warning" and message; size 3 -1/4 x 5 -5/8 inches with grommet and self - locking nylon ties. C. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location plastic laminated. 2.3 PIPE MARKERS A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 53 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi -rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. 2. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. 3. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. 2.4 CEILING TACKS A. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color -coded head. B. Color code as follows: 1. HVAC equipment: Yellow. 2. Fire dampers /smoke dampers: Red. 3. Plumbing valves: Green. 4. Heating/cooling valves: Blue. 2.5 LABELS A. Description: Aluminum, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed with printed identification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. B. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive- resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. C. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels. D. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. E. Identify air handling units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 53 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 F. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. G. Identify air terminal units with numbered tags. H. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic tape pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. Verify final locations of exposed tags with architect. J. Identify ductwork with plastic nameplates. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air handling unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. K. Provide ceiling tacks to locate dampers above access panels. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 53 - 4 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of air systems. 2. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 3. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. 4. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council: 1. AABC MN -1 - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems. C. Natural Environmental Balancing Bureau: 1. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Prior to commencing Work, submit proof of latest calibration date of each instrument. C. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN -1 National Standards for Total System Balance forms. Data shall be presented in Imperial Units. D. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. E. Prior to commencing Work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty and Copy of NEBB Certificate of Conformance Certification. F. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - l Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 G. Furnish reports in soft cover, letter size, 3 -ring binder manuals, complete with table of contents page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 017000 - Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Furnish final copy of testing, adjusting, and balancing report inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AABC MN -1 National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC and NEBB. B. Agencies: 1. Southern Independent Testing Agency. 2. The Phoenix Agency. 3. Spectech C. Perform Work under supervision of registered professional engineer experienced in performance of this Work and licensed located in State of Florida. 1.07 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.08 SEQUENCING A. Sequence balancing between completion of systems tested and Date of Substantial Completion. 1.09 SCHEDULING A. Schedule and provide assistance in final adjustment and test of life safety system with Fire Authority. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify the following: 1. Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Furnish instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. B. Make instruments available to Architect /Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 5 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 5 percent of design. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Verify recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted. If disrupted, verify correcting adjustments have been made. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE! Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing system balance. E. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. F. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owner. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to obtain required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. B. Make air quantity measurements in main ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by using volume dampers located in ducts. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide sheave drive changes to vary fan speed. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. At modulating damper locations, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum airflow rate, full cooling, and at minimum airflow rate, full heating. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 4 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE! Project #16064 July 15, 2016 K. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to obtain required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near building entries. 3.06 SCHEDULES A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: 1. Unit Heaters. 2. Air Cooled Condensing Units. 3. Computer Room Air Conditioning Units. 4. Air Coils. 5. Air Handling Units. 6. Fans. 7. Air Filters. 8. Air Terminal Units. 9. Air Inlets and Outlets. B. Report Forms 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency c. Telephone and facsimile numbers of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency d. Project name e. Project location f. Project Architect g. Project Engineer h. Project Contractor i. Project altitude j. Report date 2. Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system c. Description of systems operation sequence d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate building pressurization e. Nomenclature used throughout report f. Test conditions 3. Instrument List: a. Instrument b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Range f. Calibration date 4. Electric Motors: a. Manufacturer GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 b. Model/Frame c. HP /BHP and kW d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load e. RPM f. Service factor g. Starter size, rating, heater elements h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 5. V -Belt Drive: a. Identification /location b. Required driven RPM c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM f. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual 6. Air Cooled Condenser: a. Identification /number b. Location c. Manufacturer d. Model number e. Serial number f. Entering DB air temperature, design and actual g. Leaving DB air temperature, design and actual h. Number of compressors 7. Cooling Coil Data: a. Identification /number b. Location c. Service d. Manufacturer e. Air flow, design and actual f. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual g. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual h. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual i. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual j. Air pressure drop, design and actual 8. Electric Duct Heater: a. Manufacturer b. Identification /number c. Location d. Model number e. Design kW f. Number of stages g. Phase, voltage, amperage h. Test voltage (each phase) i. Test amperage (each phase) j. Air flow, specified and actual k. Temperature rise, specified and actual 9. Air Moving Equipment: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Arrangement /Class /Discharge f. Air flow, specified and actual g. Return air flow, specified and actual h. Outside air flow, specified and actual i. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual j. Inlet pressure k. Discharge pressure 1. Sheave Make /Size/Bore m. Number of Belts /Make /Size n. Fan RPM 10. Return Air /Outside Air Data: a. Identification /location b. Design air flow c. Actual air flow d. Design return air flow e. Actual return air flow f. Design outside air flow g. Actual outside air flow h. Return air temperature i. Outside air temperature j. Required mixed air temperature k. Actual mixed air temperature 1. Design outside /return air ratio m. Actual outside /return air ratio 11. Exhaust Fan Data: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Air flow, specified and actual f. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual g. Inlet pressure h. Discharge pressure i. Sheave Make /Size /Bore j. Number of Belts/Make /Size k. Fan RPM 12. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size c. Area d. Design velocity e. Design air flow f. Test velocity GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 g. Test air flow h. Duct static pressure i. Air temperature j. Air correction factor 13. Duct Leak Test: a. Description of ductwork under test b. Duct design operating pressure c. Duct design test static pressure d. Duct capacity, air flow e. Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak factor f. Test apparatus 1) Blower 2) Orifice, tube size 3) Orifice size 4) Calibrated g. Test static pressure h. Test orifice differential pressure i. Leakage 14. Air Monitoring Station Data: a. Identification/location b. System c. Size d. Area e. Design velocity f. Design air flow g. Test velocity h. Test air flow 15. Terminal Unit Data: a. Manufacturer b. Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct c. Identification/number d. Location e. Model number f. Size g. Minimum static pressure h. Minimum design air flow i. Maximum design air flow j. Maximum actual air flow k. Inlet static pressure 16. Air Distribution Test Sheet: a. Air terminal number b. Room number /location c. Terminal type d. Terminal size e. Area factor f. Design velocity g. Design air flow GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 h. Test (final) velocity i. Test (final) air flow j. Percent of design air flow 17. Sound Level Report: a. Location b. Octave bands - equipment off c. Octave bands - equipment on d. RC level - equipment on 18. Vibration Test: a. Location of points: 1) Fan bearing, drive end 2) Fan bearing, opposite end 3) Motor bearing, center (when applicable) 4) Motor bearing, drive end 5) Motor bearing, opposite end 6) Casing (bottom or top) 7) Casing (side) 8) Duct after flexible connection (discharge) 9) Duct after flexible connection (suction) b. Test readings: 1) Horizontal, velocity and displacement 2) Vertical, velocity and displacement 3) Axial, velocity and displacement c. Normally acceptable readings, velocity and acceleration d. Unusual conditions at time of test e. Vibration source (when non - complying) END OF SECTION 23 05 93 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 05 93 - 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GET Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Piping system insulation. 2. Pipe insulation jackets. 3. Insulation accessories including vapor retarders and accessories. 4. Ductwork insulation. 5. Ductwork insulation jackets. 6. Insulation accessories including vapor retarders and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230529 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and Execution requirements for inserts at hanger locations. 2. Section 230553- Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for HVAC piping and equipment identification. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. 2. ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic- Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. 3. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 4. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. 5. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. 6. ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. 7. ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 8. ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts. 9. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 10. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 11. ASTM E162 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 07 00 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Chilled water piping, above grade. 2. Heating water piping, above grade. 3. Condensate Drains. 4. Unions and flanges. 5. Valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230533 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section. 2. Section 230700 - HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for Piping In- sulation for placement by this section. 3. Section 232116 - Hydronic Piping Specialties: Product and execution re- quirements for piping specialties used in heating and cooling piping sys- tems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 2. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 3. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 4. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. 5. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Tempera- ture Service. 3. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 4. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 5. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 6. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. C. American Welding Society: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Weld- ing. 2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manu- facturer. 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. 4. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket - Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible sys- tem components and joints. Use non- conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals in open systems. B. Provide flanges, union, and couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus con- nections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment or other apparatus. C. Use ball or butterfly valves for shut -off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. D. Use 3/4 inch ball valves with cap for drains at main shut -off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and rat- ings for each service. B. Test Reports: Indicate results of piping system pressure test. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures and isolation. D. Welders' Certificate: Include welders' certification of compliance with ASME Section IX. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, equipment and ac- cessories. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and chang- ing components, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.1 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Fabricator or Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.8 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. C. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, com- pleting sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY B. Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. C. Furnish one year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHILLED WATER PIPING, BURIED A. GENERAL- Ferro Them 1. Pre - insulated Piping - Furnish a complete HDPE jacketed system of facto- ry pre- insulated steel piping for the specified service. All pre- insulated pipe, fittings, insulating materials, and technical support shall be provided by the Pre - insulated Piping System manufacturer. 2. The system shall be FERRO -THERM as manufactured by Thermacor Process, L.P., of Fort Worth, Texas or approved equal. B. Carrier Pipe - shall be steel ASTM A -53, Grade B., ERW (Type E) or seamless (Type S), standard weight for sizes 2" and larger, and shall be ASTM A -106/ A- 53, seamless, standard weight for sizes 1 -1/2" and smaller (Std. Wt. is the same as Sch. 40 through 10 "). Condensate return piping shall be Extra Strong (XS is the same as Sch. 80 through 8 "). When practical, piping shall be provided in 40 -foot double - random lengths. All carbon steel pipe shall have ends cut square and bev- eled for butt- welding. Straight sections of factory insulated pipe shall have 6" of exposed pipe at each end for field joint fabrication. C. Insulation - shall be polyurethane foam either spray applied or high pressure in- jected with one shot into the annular space between carrier pipe and jacket. Insu- lation shall be rigid, 90% minimum closed cell polyurethane with a minimum 2.0 lbs. per cubic foot density, compressive strength of 30 psi, and coefficient of thermal conductivity (K- Factor) of not higher than 0.15 @ 75 °F per ASTM C- 518. Maximum operating temperature shall not exceed 250 °F. Insulation thick- ness shall be specified by calling out appropriate carrier pipe and jacket size com- binations as listed on drawing FTSG 7.103. D. Jacketing material - shall be extruded, black, high density polyethylene (HDPE), having a minimum wall thickness not less than 125 mils for pipe sizes less than or equal to 12 ", 150 mils for jacket sizes larger than 12" to 20 ", and 175 mils for jacket sizes greater than 20 ". No tape jacket allowed. The inner surface of the HDPE jacket shall be oxidized by means of corona treatment, flame treatment (patent pending), or other approved methods. This will ensure a secure bond be- tween the jacket and foam insulation preventing any ingression of water at the jacket/ foam interface. E. Straight run joints - shall be field- insulated per the manufacturer's instructions, using polyurethane foam poured in an HDPE sleeve and sealed with a heat shrink sleeve. (At the Engineer's option, a pressure testable joint closure may be speci- fied.) All joint closures and insulation shall occur at straight sections of pipe. All insulation and jacketing materials shall be furnished by THERMACOR. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 F. Fittings - are Thermacor's SC (standard components) factory pre- fabricated and pre - insulated fittings with polyurethane foam to the thickness specified and jack- eted with a one -piece seamless molded HDPE fitting cover, a butt fusion welded, or an extrusion welded and mitered HDPE jacket. Carrier pipe fittings shall be butt- welded, except sizes smaller than 2" shall be socket - welded. (At the Engi- neer's option, fittings can be pre- fabricated/ pre- engineered.) Fittings include ex- pansion loops, elbows, tees, reducers, and anchors. Elbows, loops, offsets, or any other direction changes shall conform to the standards set by ANSI B31.1, Code for Power Piping. G. Expansion /contraction compensation will be accomplished utilizing factory pre- fabricated and pre- insulated expansion elbows, Z- bends, expansion loops, and an- chors specifically designed for the intended application. External expansion com- pensation utilizing flexible expansion pads (minimum one inch thickness), ex- tending on either side, both inside and outside the radius of the fittings are used with all fittings having expansion in excess of 1/2 ". 2.2 CHILLED WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, Schedule 40. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234/A234M, forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inches and smaller; welded for pipe 2 -1/2 inches and larger. 2.3 HEATING HOT WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought cop- per. 2. Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dim- pled branch tube. B. Solder, lead free. Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver /phosphorus /copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees. 2.4 CONDENSATE DRAIN A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type M, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought cop- per. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, 95 -5 tin - antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F. 2.5 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with brazed joints. 3. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. B. Flanges for Pipe 2 -1/2 inches and Larger: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip -on flanges. 2. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets. 2.6 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Crane Valve, North America. 2. Hammond Valve. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company. 4. NIBCO, Inc. 5. Stockham Valves & Fittings. B. 3 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, two piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow -out proof stem, solder or threaded ends with un- ion, locking lever handle with balancing stops. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with tempo- rary plugs or caps. E. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. 3.2 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS A. Install chilled water and heating water piping in accordance with ASME B31.1 B. Route piping parallel to building structure and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 E. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. F. Install pipe identification in accordance with Section 230553. G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. I. Slope hydronic piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe aligned. J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. K. Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish paint- ing. L. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. M. Insulate piping and equipment; refer to Section 232300. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test chilled water piping system in accordance with ASME B31.9 B. Hydronic piping systems shall be tested hydrostatically at one half times the max- imum system design pressure, but not less than 100 psi. The duration of each test shall not be less than 15 minutes. END OF SECTION 23 21 13 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 13 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors': 1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013400 — Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.5 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Material and Equipment: Requirements for transporting, handling, storaging, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Material and Equipment: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer. C. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 07 00 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish one year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MINERAL FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens Corning. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Knauf. B. Insulation: ASTM C553 Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications, Type II. C. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm. 3. Secure with two coats of vapor barrier mastic and glass tape. D. Vapor Retarder Tape: 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.2 MINERAL FIBER, RIGID A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens Coming. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Knauf. B. Insulation: ASTM C612 Mineral Fiber Block and Board Insulation, Type IA C. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.04 perm. 3. Secure with two coats of vapor barrier mastic and glass tape. D. Indoor Vapor Retarder Finish: 1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz /sq yd weight, glass fabric. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 07 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, white color. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR FOAM A. Manufacturers: 1. Armacel. B. Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular form: ASTM C534; Type I, Tubular form C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: 1. Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation. 2.4 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS A. Aluminum Pipe Jacket: 1. ASTM B209. 2. Thickness: 0.016 inch thick sheet. 3. Finish: Embossed. 4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 5. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify piping, equipment and ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. B. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. C. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. D. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 07 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Furnish aluminum jacket and fittings for piping. E. Exterior Applications: Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located at 3 or 9 o'clock position on side of horizontal piping with overlap facing down to shed water or on bottom side of horizontal equipment. F. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate. G. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. H. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement. I. Insulated equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system. J. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. K. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not insulate over. L. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature: 1. Provide insulation with vapor retarder jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor retarder jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. M. Ductwork Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with canvas jacket. N. Provide mechanical insulation fasteners for rectangular duct over 22 inches wide. 3.3 SCHEDULES A. Cooling Systems: 1. Refrigerant Piping: a. Elastomeric Cellular Foam 1) Thickness: 3/4 inch. 2. Condensate Drains from Cooling Coils: a. Elastomeric Cellular Foam 1) Thickness: 3/4 inch. B. Plenums: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 07 00 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Rigid Glass Fiber Insulation: 1 -1/2 thick. C. Supply, Return and Outside Air Ducts: (Concealed): 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Insulation: 1 -1/2 inch thick D. Supply, Return and Outside Air Ducts (Exposed): 1. Rigid Glass Fiber Insulation: 1-1/2 inch thick END OF SECTION 23 07 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 230700 -6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 21 16 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pressure gages. 2. Pressure gage taps. 3. Thermometers. 4. Termometer supports. 5. Test plugs. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Diaphragm -type expansion tanks. 8. Air vents. 9. Air separators. 10. Strainers. 11. Combination pump discharge valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 232123 - Hydronic Pumps: Execution requirements for piping connections to products specified by this section. 2. Section 232113 - Hydronic Piping: Execution requirements for piping connections to products specified by this section. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Flexible Connectors: Provide at or near pumps. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for manufactured products and assemblies used in this Pro- ject. 1. Manufacturer's data indicating use, operating range, total range, accuracy, and location for manufactured components. 2. Submit product description, model, dimensions, component sizes, rough - in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. 3. Submit schedule indicating manufacturer, model number, size, location, rated capacity, load served, and features for each piping specialty. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures, application, selection, and hookup configuration. Include pipe and accessory elevations. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for calibrating instruments, installation instructions, assembly views, servicing requirements, lubrication in- struction, and replacement parts list. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with mini- mum three years experience. 1.6 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept piping specialties on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. In- spect for damage. B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C. Protect systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, caps and closures, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system until installation. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install instruments when areas are under construction, except rough in, taps, supports and test plugs. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements before fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY B. Furnish one year manufacturer warranty for piping specialties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. H.O. Trerice. 2. Wecksler. 3. Miljoco. 4. Weiss. B. Gage: ASME B40.1, with bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, front calibration adjustment, black scale on white background. 1. Case: Cast aluminum Bourdon Tube: Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Dial Size: 3 -1/2 inch diameter. 3. Mid -Scale Accuracy: One percent. 4. Scale: Psi. 2.2 PRESSURE GAGE TAPS A. Manufacturers: 1. H.O. Trerice. 2. Wecksler. 3. Miljoco. 4. Weiss. B. Needle Valve: Brass 1/4 inch NPT for minimum 300 psi. C. Pulsation Damper: Pressure snubber, brass with 1/4 inch NPT connections. D. Siphon: Brass 1/4 inch NPT angle or straight pattern. 2.3 STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Weiss B. Thermometer: ASTM El, self - powered, adjustable angle, digital thermometer, 1/2" LCD digit display, hi- impact ABS case with enamel finish, bi- mettalic stem assembly. 1. Window: Clear. 2. Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3 -1/2 inch long. 3. Accuracy: 1 percent. 4. Resolution: 1/10 degree. 5. Calibration: Degrees F. 2.4 THERMOMETER SUPPORTS A. Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with lagging extensions to match insulation thickness. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE] Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Flange: 3 inch outside diameter reversible flange, designed to fasten to sheet met- al air ducts, with brass perforated stem. C. Thermometer wells shall equal or exceed the length of the sensitive portion of the temperature stem. 2.5 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: 1. H.O. Trerice. 2. Wecksler. 3. Peterson Pete's Plug. 4. Weiss. B. 1/2 inch NPT brassl fitting and cap for receiving 1/8 inch outside diameter pres- sure or temperature probe with: 1. Neoprene core for temperatures up to 200 degrees F. C. Test Kit: 1. Carrying case, internally padded and fitted containing: a. Two 3 -1/2 inch diameter pressure gages. 1) Scale range: 0 to 100 psi b. One gage adapters with 1/8 inch probes. c. Two 1 inch dial thermometers. 1) Scale range: 20 to 180 degrees F. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason Industriesl. 2. Kinetics. 3. Metraflex. 4. Twin City Hose. 5. Keflex Manufacturing Co. B. Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braid- ing, minimum 9 inches long with flanged steel ends; for maximum working pres- sure 300 psig. 2.7 DIAPHRAGM -TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Taco. 3. Amtrol GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Sec- tion VIII; supplied with National Board Form U -1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible butyl diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel support. C. Accessories: Pressure gage and air - charging fitting, tank drain; pre- charge to 12 psig. D. Automatic Cold Water Fill Assembly: Pressure reducing valve, reduced pressure double check back flow prevention device, test cocks, strainer, vacuum breaker, and by -pass valves. 2.8 AIR VENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Nexus. 3. Amtrol B. Manual Type: Short vertical sections of 2 inch diameter pipe to form air chamber, with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. C. Automatic Float Type: 1. Brass or semi -steel body, copper, polypropylene, or solid non - metallic float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with isolating valve. 2.9 COALESCING AIR SEPARATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Taco. 3. Spirotherm. B. Coalescing Air Separators: Internal stainless steel coalescing medium with 3/16" perforations and 51% open area designed to remove entrained air and direct it to the expansion tank and remove suspended sediment and direct it ro the blowdown valve at the bottom of the tank. C. Painted steel; tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII; for 125 psig operating pressure. 2.10 COMBINATION PUMP DISCHARGE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Taco. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3. Keckley B. Valves: Straight or angle pattern, flanged cast -iron valve body with bolt -on bon- net for 175 psig operating pressure, non -slam check valve with spring - loaded bronze disc and seat, stainless steel stem, and calibrated adjustment permitting flow regulation. 2.12 FLOW CONTROLS A. Construction: Brass or bronze body with union on inlet and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet combination blow -down and back -flush drain. B. Calibration: Control within 5 percent of design flow over entire operating pres- sure. C. Control Mechanism: Stainless steel or nickel plated brass piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. D. Accessories: In -line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. 2.13 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body, Teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pres- sure actuated capacities ASME certified and labeled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - THERMOMETERS AND GAGES A. Install one pressure gage for each pump, locate taps before strainers and on suc- tion and discharge of pump; pipe to gage. B. Install gage taps in piping C. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampers. Provide needle valve to isolate each gage. Extend nipples to allow clearance from insulation. D. Install thermometers in piping systems in sockets in short couplings. Enlarge pipes smaller than 2 -1/2 inches for installation of thermometer sockets. Allow clearance from insulation. E. Install thermometer sockets adjacent to controls systems thermostat, transmitter, or sensor sockets. Coil and conceal excess capillary on remote element instru- ments. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 F. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. G. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from nor- mal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. H. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and cal- ibrate to zero. 3.2 INSTALLATION - HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Locate test plugs as indicated on Drawings. B. Install manual air vents at system high points. C. Install automatic air vent at air separator. D. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect to expansion tank. E. Provide drain and hose connection with valve on strainer blow down connection. F. Provide combination pump discharge valve on discharge side of base mounted centrifugal pumps. G. Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. H. Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low- pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks. I. Select system relief valve capacity greater than make -up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. J. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. 3.3 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Do not install hydronic pressure gauges until after systems are pressure tested. END OF SECTION 23 21 16 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 16 - 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Base mounted pumps. 2. In -Line pumps. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230548 - Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibrations isolators installed with pumps. 2. Section 232116 - Hydronic Piping Specialties: Product and execution re- quirements for piping specialties installed in hydronic systems adjacent to pumps. 3. Section 232113 - Hydronic Piping: Execution requirements for connection to pumps specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maxi- mum). B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 778 - Motor Operated Water Pumps. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when appli- cable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Submit also, manufacturer model number, dimensions, service sizes, and finishes. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application, selection, and hookup configuration with pipe and accessory elevations. Submit hanging and support requirements and recommendations. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, servicing re- quirements, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 23 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with mini- mum three years experience. 1.6 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Furnish one year manufacturer warranty for pumps. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish one set of mechanical seals for each pump. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE MOUNTED PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Paco. 3. Taco. B. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, direct connected, radial or horizontal split casing, for 175 psig maximum working pressure. C. Casing: Cast iron, with suction and discharge gage ports, renewable bronze casing wearing rings, seal flush connection, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge. D. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed, keyed to motor shaft. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 23 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 E. Bearings: Grease lubricated roller or ball bearings. F. Shaft: Alloy steel with copper, bronze, or stainless steel shaft sleeve. G. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. H. Drive: Flexible coupling with coupling guard. L Baseplate: Cast iron or fabricated steel with integral drain rim. J. Electrical Characteristics and Components: 1. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit con- ductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. 2.2 VERTICAL IN -LINE PUMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell & Gossett. 2. Paco. 3. Taco. B. Type: Vertical, single stage, close- coupled, radial split casing, for in -line mount- ing, for 175 psig maximum working pressure. C. Casing: Cast iron, with suction and discharge gage ports, renewable bronze casing wearing rings, seal flush connection, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge. D. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed, keyed to motor shaft. E. Shaft: Carbon steel with stainless steel impeller cap screw or nut and bronze sleeve. F. Shaft Sleeve: Aluminum bronze. G. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat, 225 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. H. Seal: Packing gland with minimum four rings graphite impregnated packing and lantern ring, 250 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature. I. Electrical Characteristics and Components: 1. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit con- ductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal Tugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 23 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GET Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide pumps to operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non - overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. For base mounted pumps, install supports under pump suction. C. Install base mounted pumps on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 23 05 48. D. Install flexible connectors at or near pumps. Refer to Section 23 05 48. E. Provide line sized shut -off valve and pump suction fitting on pump suction, and line sized combination pump discharge valve on pump discharge. Refer to Section 23 21 16. F. Decrease from line size with reducers. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. G. Provide drains for bases and seals. H. Check, align, and certify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. I. Install base mounted pumps on concrete housekeeping base, with anchor bolts, set and level, and grout in place. J. Lubricate pumps before start-up. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect for alignment of base mounted pumps. END OF SECTION 23 21 23 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 21 23 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 23 00 HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Refrigerant piping. 2. Condensate Piping. 3. Unions. 4. Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators. 5. Refrigerant filter- driers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230529 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports, sleeves, and firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 230553- Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section. 3. Section 230700 - HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for Piping Insulation for placement by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 710 - Liquid -Line Driers. 2. ARI 730 - Flow- Capacity Rating and Application of Suction -Line Filters and Filter Dryers. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 2. ASME B 16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 3. ASME B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping. 4. ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels. D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 2. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 3. ASTM B280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. E. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. 2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non - conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. 2. Refrigerant Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, component sizes, rough -in requirements, and service sizes for the following: a. Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators. b. Refrigerant filter- driers. C. Test Reports: Indicate results of piping system pressure test. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Execution Requirements: Closeout procedures. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.5 code for installation of refrigerant piping systems. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Fabricator or Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.8 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Administrative Requirements: Pre- installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Dehydrate and charge refrigeration components including piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment. Maintain seal until connected into system. C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Requirements. B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet. 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Execution Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. 1.14 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. 1.15 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Execution Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two refrigerant filter -dryer cartridges of each type. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, Type ACR hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver /phosphorus /copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F. B. Copper Tubing to 7/8 inch OD: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper, compression type. 2. Joints: Flared. 2.2 CONDENSATE DRAIN A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type M, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, 95 -5 tin - antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F. 2.3 UNIONS A. 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints. B. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2.4 REFRIGERANT MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co. 2. Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div. 3. Sporlan Valve Co. B. Indicators: 1. Port: Single, UL listed. 2. Body: Copper or brass, flared or solder ends. 3. Sight glass: Color -coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap. 4. Maximum working pressure: 500 psig 5. Maximum working temperature: 200 degrees F. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.5 REFRIGERANT FILTER - DRIERS A. Manufacturers: 1 Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co. 2. Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div. 3. Sporlan Valve Co. B. Replaceable Cartridge Angle Type: 1. Shell: ARI 710, UL listed, brass, removable cap, for maximum working pressure of 500 psig 2. Filter /Dryer Cartridge: Pleated media with solid core sieve with activated alumina. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over - excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS A. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than two ft of cover. B. Establish minimum separation from other services and piping in accordance with F.B.C. C. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly. D. Excavate pipe trench. E. Install pipe within a continuous Schedule 40 PVC sleeve turned up to above grade and finished floor surface. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 F. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide a uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches compacted depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density. G. Install pipe and PVC sleeve on prepared bedding. H. Route pipe in straight line. Pipe Cover and Backfilling: 1. Backfill trench. 2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density. 3. After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 6 inches compacted layers to 612 inches minimum cover over top of PVC sleeve. Compact to 95 percent maximum density. 4. Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material. 5. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. 3.4 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS A. Route piping parallel to building structure and maintain gradient. B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 15061. E. Install pipe identification in accordance with Section 15076. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Arrange refrigerant piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow. H. Flood refrigerant piping system with nitrogen when brazing. I. Insulate piping; refer to Section 230700. J. Provide replaceable cartridge filter- dryers, with isolation valves and bypass with valve. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 K. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. L. Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant. M. Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASME B31.5. 3.5 INSTALLATION - REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES A. Refrigerant Liquid Indicators: 1. Install line size liquid indicators in main liquid line downstream of condenser. 2. Install line size liquid indicators downstream of liquid solenoid valves. B. Filter - Dryers: 1. Install permanent filter -dryer in systems containing hermetic compressors. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. B. Pressure test refrigeration system with dry nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psig using halide torch. C. Repair leaks. D. Retest until no leaks are detected. END OF SECTION 23 23 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 23 00 - 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 25 00 HVAC WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. System cleaner. 2. Closed system treatment (water). 3. Test equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide system to treat water available at project site to maintain the following characteristics of water in closed systems: 1. Hardness. 2. Iron. 3. Total Dissolved Solids. 4. Total Alkalinity. 5. Silica. 6. pH. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic, equipment locations, and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B. Product Data: Submit chemical treatment materials, chemicals, and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit placement of equipment in systems, piping configuration, and connection requirements. C. Manufacturers Field Reports: Indicate start-up of treatment systems when completed and operating properly. Indicate analysis of system water after cleaning and after treatment. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 25 00 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and piping, including sampling points and location of chemical injectors. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on chemical feed pumps, agitators, and other equipment including spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.7 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish monthly technical service visits, for one years starting at Date of Substantial Completion, to perform field inspections and make water analysis on site. Detail findings in writing on proper practices, chemical treating requirements and corrective actions needed. Submit two copies of field service report after each visit. B. Furnish laboratory and technical assistance services during this maintenance period. C. Furnish on site inspections of equipment during scheduled or emergency shutdown to properly evaluate success of water treatment program, and make recommendations in writing based upon these inspections. 1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish chemicals for treatment and testing during warranty period. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 25 00 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GET Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM CLEANER A. Product Description: Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products; sodium tri -Poly phosphate and sodium molybdate. B. Biocide; chlorine release agents including sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite, or microbiocides including quaternary ammonia compounds, tributyl tin oxide, methylene bis (thiocyanate), or isothiazolones. 2.2 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT (WATER) A. Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH; polyphosphate. B. Corrosion inhibitors; liquid boron - nitrite, sodium nitrite and borax, sodium totyltriazole, low molecular weight polymers, phosphonates, sodium molybdate, or sulfites. C. Conductivity enhancers; phosphates or phosphonates. 2.3 BY -PASS FILTER FEEDER A. Manufacturers: 1. Neptune: Model FTF -5HP. B. Five gallon bypass feeder constructed of 10 gauge steel and tank head constructed of 9 gauge steel. Rated for 300 psi and to 200 degrees F. The tank shall have a 3- 1/2" opening for chemical addition without the need of a funnel and a threaded closure cap. The cap shall be constructed of cast iron with epoxy- coated underside for corrosion protection and shall use a square ring gasket seal. C. Options: 1. The bypass feeder shall be provided with legs to elevate the feeder off of the floor. The legs shall have holes to allow mounting by anchor bolts to a concrete housekeeping pad. 2. The bypass feeder shall be provided with a 1 micron filter bag fully supported by a stainless steel filter basket for simultaneous side stream filtering. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 25 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Operate, fill, start and vent systems prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. 3.2 CLEANING A. Concentration: 1. As recommended by manufacturer. B. Heating Water Systems: 1. Circulate for 48 hours, then drain systems as quickly as possible. 2. Refill with clean water, circulate for 24 hours, then drain. 3. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. C. Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and acceptance of Architect /Engineer. D. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. E. Inspect, remove sludge, and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. 3.3 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT A. Provide one bypass feeder on each system. Install isolating and drain valves and interconnecting piping. Install around balancing valve downstream of circulating pumps as indicated on Drawings. B. Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by test. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Furnish two hour training course for operating personnel, instruction to include installation, care, maintenance, testing, and operation of water treatment systems. Arrange course at start up of systems. END OF SECTION 23 25 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 25 00 - 4 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Flexible connectors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Flexible connectors. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Special fittings. 2. Manual- volume damper installations. 3. Fire - damper and combination fire- and smoke - damper installations, including sleeves and duct - mounting access doors. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling- mounting items. Show ceiling- mounting access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 33 00 - I Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2. Duro Dyne Corp. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc. B. Materials: Flame- retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Complying with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 5 -3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 2 -3/4 -inch- wide, 0.028 -inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032 -inch- thick aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz. /sq. yd. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf /inch (84 N /mm) in the warp and 360 lbf /inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz. /sq. yd. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf /inch in the warp and 440 lbf /inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. 2.3 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless -steel accessories in stainless -steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install volume dampers in ducts with liner; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 33 00 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install at a minimum of two duct widths from branch takeoff. E. Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." G. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators. H. For fans developing static pressures of 5 -inch w.g. and higher, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. I. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts as detailed on the drawings. J. Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. B. Final positioning of manual - volume dampers is specified in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." END OF SECTION 23 33 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 33 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 34 00 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Energy Recovery Ventilators. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 26: Electrical. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association: 1. ABMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. ABMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. B. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.: 1. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook. 2. AMCA 204 - Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. 3. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 4. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. 5. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1 NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. 2. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 705 - Power Ventilators. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 013400 — Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and configuration of fan assembly, mountings, weights, ductwork and accessory connections. C. Product Data: Submit data on energy recovery ventilator include accessories, heat transfer performance, fan curves with specified operating point plotted, power, GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 34 00 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer's instructions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts List, and wiring diagrams. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300,and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705. D. Balance Quality: Conform to AMCA 204. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.7 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Material and Equipment: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 34 00 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.10 WARRANTY A. Contract Closeout: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Furnish one year manufacturer's warranty for energy recovery ventilator. Furnish five year manufacturer's warranty for energy recovery wheel. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Contract Closeout: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish one set of belts for each fan. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cook Corp. B. General 1. Energy Recovery Ventilator shall be as manufactured by "Cook" or approved equal, provided all specifications are met. Cook Model ERV equipment is used as the basis of design. Units shall be listed per ANSUUL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. Energy transfer ratings of the energy recovery wheel shall be ARI Certified. Ventilators shall bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seals for Air Performance. Performance shall be as scheduled on plans. Outdoor air shall not mix with exhaust air in a common plenum. C. Unit Casing and Frames 1. Unit shall be of internal frame type construction for galvanized steel. Frame and panels shall be G90 galvanized steel. All panels exposed to the weather shall be a minimum of 18 gauge galvanized steel. Where top panels are joined there shall be a standing seam to insure positive weather protection. All metal -to -metal seams shall be sealed, requiring no caulking at job site. D. Insulation 1. Unit casing to be insulated with 1 inch fiberglass with Foil- Scrim -Kraft facing. Insulation shall meet requirements of NFPA 90A and tested to meet UL 181 erosion requirements. Insulation shall be secured to unit with waterproof adhesive and permanent mechanical fasteners. E. Energy Recovery Wheel GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 34 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 Wheel shall be of the enthalpy type for both sensible and latent heat recovery and be designed to insure laminar flow. Energy transfer ratings must be ARI Certified to Standard 1060 and bear the ARI certification symbol for ARI Air -to Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification Program based on ARI 1060. Ratings "in accordance with 1060" without certification are not acceptable. Desiccant shall be silica gel for maximum latent energy transfer. Wheel shall be constructed of lightweight polymer media to minimize shaft and bearing loads. Polymer media shall be mounted in a stainless steel rotor for corrosion resistance. 2. Wheel design shall consist of removable segments (for wheels greater that 26 inches in diameter) for ease of service and /or cleaning. Silica gel desiccant shall be permanently bonded to wheel media to retain latent heat recovery after cleaning. Wheels with sprayed on desiccant coatings are not acceptable. Wheels with desiccant applied after wheel formations are not acceptable. Energy recovery device shall transfer moisture entirely in the vapor phase. 3. Energy recovery drive belt material shall be high strength urethane and shall be factory installed in a pre- stretched state, eliminating the need for field belt tension adjustment. Link style belts are not acceptable. F. Access Doors 1. All components shall be easily accessible through removable doors for exhaust, supply, filter, and damper compartments. Energy recovery wheels (smaller than 54 inches) shall be mounted in a slide -out track for ease of inspection, removal, and cleaning. G. Fan Sections 1. Centrifugal fans to be double width, double net, single fan forward curved type. All blower wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Ground and polished steel fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearing pillow blocks. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10) life in excess of 100,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speeds. Separate motors for exhaust and supply blowers shall be provided. Adjustable sheaves on belt driven fans with motors less that 10 hp shall allow independent balancing of exhaust and supply airflows. Optional speed controllers on direct -drive fans shall allow independent balancing of exhaust and supply airflows. Fan and motor assemblies are mounted to unit base with neoprene isolators as standard. Fans shall be located in draw - through position in reference to the energy recovery wheel. H. Motors and Drives 1. Motors shall be energy efficient, comply with EPACT standards for single speed ODP and TE enclosures. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy -duty type, matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure. Belt -drive motors shall be factory mounted GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 34 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 to an adjustable motor plate having two heavy -duty adjusting bolts for alignment and belt tension. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast type, keyed and securely attached to the fan wheel and motor shafts; 10 horsepower and less shall be supplied with an adjustable drive pulley. Energy wheel motors and direct -drive motors shall have integral overload protection. Filters 1. Supply and exhaust air filters shall be 2 -inch thick pleated fiberglass, 30% efficient and tested to meet UL Class 2. Filter racks shall be die - formed galvanized steel. J. Electrical 1. All internal electrical components shall be factory wired for single point power connection. All electrical components shall be UL Listed, Approved or Classified where applicable and wired in compliance with the National Electrical Code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Secure wall fans with cadmium plated steel lag screws to structure. B. Install flexible connections between cabinet and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and cabinet while running. END OF SECTION 23 34 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 34 00 - 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 65 00 COOLING TOWERS- CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLER PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes factory assembled and tested, closed circuit mechanical induced -draft vertical discharge closed circuit cooler. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, pressure drop, performance curves with selected points indicated, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of evaporative equipment assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. Assembled unit dimensions. 2. Weight and load distribution. 3. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. 4. Sizes and locations of piping and wiring connections. 5. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Each unit to include, operation, and maintenance manual. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Verification of Performance: 1. The thermal performance shall be certified by the Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with CTI Certification Standard STD -201. Lacking such certification, a field acceptance test shall be conducted within the warranty period in accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC -105, by a Certified CTI Thermal Testing Agency. The Evaporative Heat Rejection Equipment shall comply with the energy efficiency requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1. 2. Unit Sound Performance ratings shall be tested according to CTI ATC -128 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016. standard. Sound ratings shall not exceed specified ratings. B. Unit shall meet or exceed energy efficiency per ASHRAE 90.1 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace components of the unit that fail in materials and workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Fan Motor /Drive System: Warranty Period shall be Five (5) years from date of unit shipment from Factory (fan motor(s), fan(s), bearings, mechanical support, sheaves, bushings and belt(s)). 2. The entire unit shall have a comprehensive five (5) year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship from date of shipment. 3. Heat Transfer Coil: Warranty Period shall be five (5) years from date of unit shipment from Factory. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide closed circuit coolers manufactured by one of the following: 1. EVAPCO Model ATWB 9- 5I9 -ZC 2. Approved Substitute 2.2 THERMAL PERFORMANCE A. Each unit shall be capable to cool 306.00 GPM of water entering at 103.00° F leaving at 90.00° F at a design wet bulb of 77.00° F with a pressure drop across the coil not to exceed 9.78 psi. 2.3 IBC COMPLIANCE A. The unit structure shall be designed, analyzed, and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of International Building Code (IBC) for: IP = 1.0, SDS = 1, P = 288.3 psf. 2.4 COMPONENTS A. Description: Factory assembled and tested, induced draft counter flow closed circuit cooler complete with fan, coil, louvers, accessories and rigging supports. Manufactured to match the existing tower, including footprint, water connections and height. B. Materials of Construction GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 All cold water basin components including vertical supports, air inlet louver frames and panels up to rigging seam shall be constructed of Type 304 Stainless Steel. All factory cold water basin seams shall be welded for water tight construction. 2. Casing and fan section, including channels and angle supports, shall be constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. Fan cowl and guard shall be constructed of Type 304 Stainless Steel. "Series 300" stainless steel will not be acceptable as equivalent to Type 304 Stainless Steel. C. Fan(s): 1. Fan(s) shall be high efficiency axial propeller type with aluminum wide chord blade construction. Each fan shall be dynamically balanced and installed in a closely fitted cowl with venturi air inlet for maximum fan efficiency. D. Drift Eliminators 1. Drift eliminators shall be constructed entirely of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) in easily handled sections. Design shall incorporate three changes in air direction and limit the water carryover to a maximum of 0.001% of the recirculating water rate. E. Water Distribution System 1. Spray nozzles shall be zero- maintenance precision molded ABS with large 1 -1/4" diameter orifice threaded into branch piping with internal sludge ring to eliminate clogging. Spray header, branches, and riser shall be Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) for corrosion resistance. F. Heat Transfer Media 1. Heat transfer coil shall be elliptical tubes of Type 304 Stainless Steel, encased in steel framework. The coil assembly shall be designed with sloping tubes for liquid drainage and air pressure tested to 390 psig air under water. Coil shall be in compliance with ASME /ANSI B31.5. G. Pump 1. Unit shall have EISA close - coupled centrifugal pump with mechanical seal. The pump shall be installed in a vertical position so that water will drain from the pump when the cold water basin is emptied. Pump motor shall be totally enclosed with protective canopy for outdoor operation. H. Bleed -off 1. Unit shall have a waste water bleed line with a manual adjustable valve provided. Air Inlet Louvers 1. The air inlet louver screens shall be constructed from UV inhibited polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and incorporate a framed interlocking design that allows for easy removal of louver screens for access to the entire GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 basin area for maintenance. The louver screens shall have a minimum of two changes in air direction and shall be of a non - planar design to prevent splash -out and block direct sunlight & debris from entering the basin. J. Make up Float Valve Assembly 1. Make up float assembly shall be a mechanical brass valve with an adjustable plastic float. K. Pan Strainer 1. Pan Strainer(s) shall be all Type 304 Stainless Steel construction with large area removable perforated screens. 2.5 MOTORS AND DRIVES A. General requirements for motors are specified in Division 23 Section "Motors" B. Fan Motor 1. Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed, ball bearing type electric motor(s) suitable for moist air service. Motor(s) are Premium Efficient, Class F insulated, 1.15 service factor design. Inverter rated per NEMA MG1 Part 31.4.4.2 and suitable for variable torque applications and constant torque speed range with properly sized and adjusted variable frequency drives. C. Fan Drive 1. The fan drive shall be multigroove, solid back V -belt type with QD tapered bushings designed for 150% of the motor nameplate power. The belt material shall be neoprene reinforced with polyester cord and specifically designed for evaporative equipment service. Fan sheave shall be aluminum alloy construction. Belt adjustment shall be accomplished from the exterior of the unit. D. Fan Shaft 1. Fan shaft shall be solid, ground and polished steel. Exposed surface shall be coated with rust preventative. E. Fan Shaft Bearings 1. Fan Shaft Bearings shall be heavy -duty, self - aligning ball type bearings with extended lubrication lines to grease fittings located on access door frame. Bearings shall be designed for a minimum L -10 life of 100,000 hours. F. Vibration Switch 1. Unit shall be provided with a Vibration Cutout Switch, operating on 120 VAC feed, to protect the fan and drive assembly from damage in the event of excess vibration. Vibration switch shall be DPDT. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.6 MAINTENANCE ACCESS A. Fan Section 1. Access door shall be hinged and located in the fan section for fan drive and water distribution system access. Swing away motor cover shall be hinged for motor access. B. Basin Section 1. Framed removable louver panels shall be on all four (4) sides of the unit for pan and sump access. C. Internal Working Platform 1. Internal working platform shall provide easy access to the fans, belts, motors, sheaves, bearings, all mechanical equipment and complete water distribution system. The coil surface shall be an acceptable means of accessing these components. D. Ladder 1. An aluminum sloped ladder shall be provided for access to the motor access door. END OF SECTION 23 65 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 23 81 26 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR - CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Air handling unit. 2. Heat pump unit. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 232300 - HVAC Piping: Execution requirements for connection to refrigerant piping specified by this section. 2. Section 233300 - Duct Accessories: Flexible connections. 3. Division 26. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 210/240 - Unitary Air - Conditioning and Air - Source Heat Pump Equipment. 2. ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. 3. ARI 340/360 - Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air - Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment. 4. ARI 365 - Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air - Conditioning Condensing Units. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 52.1 - Gravimetric and Dust -Spot Procedures for Testing Air - Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. 2. ASHRAE 90.1 - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators. E. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data indicating: 1. Cooling and heating capacities. 2. Dimensions. 3. Weights. 4. Rough -in connections and connection requirements. 5. Duct connections. 6. Electrical requirements with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 7. Controls. 8. Accessories. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of controls installed remotely from units. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, and maintenance and repair data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Requirements: Energy Efficiency Rating (SEER) not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1 when used in combination with compressors and evaporator coils when tested in accordance with ARI 210/240. B. Cooling Capacity: Rate in accordance with ARI 210/240. C. Sound Rating: Measure in accordance with ARI 270. D. Insulation and adhesives: Meet requirements of NFPA 90A. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.7 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept units and components on site in factory protective containers, with factory shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instruction for rigging, unloading and transporting units. C. Protect units from weather and construction traffic by storing in dry, roofed location. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of condensing units with roof structure. B. Coordinate installation of air handling units with building structure. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Furnish five year manufacturer's warranty for compressors. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish one set for each unit filters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. The Trane Company. B. Product Description: Split system consisting of air handling unit and condensing unit including cabinet, evaporator fan, refrigerant cooling coil, compressor, refrigeration circuit, condenser, air filters, controls, air handling unit accessories, condensing unit accessories, and refrigeration specialties. 2.2 AIR HANDLING UNIT A. Configuration: As indicated on Drawings. B. Cabinet: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 3 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Panels: Constructed of galvanized steel with baked enamel finish. Access Panels: Located on both sides of unit. Furnish with duct collars on inlets and outlets. 2. Insulation: Factory applied to each surface to insulate entire cabinet. ' /2" inch thick foil faced fiberglass. C. Evaporator Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, direct drive resiliently mounted with direct drive electronically communicated motor. Motor permanently lubricated with built -in thermal overload protection. D. Evaporator Coil: Constructed of copper tubes expanded onto aluminum fins. Factory leak tested under water. Removable, PVC construction, double - sloped drain pan with piping connections on both sides. E. Refrigeration System: Single refrigeration circuits controlled by factory installed thermal expansion valve. F. Air Filters: 1 inch MERV 13 efficiency based on ASHRAE 52.1.] 2.3 HEAT PUMP UNIT A. General: Factory assembled and tested air cooled condensing units, consisting of casing, compressors, condensers, coils, condenser fans and motors, and unit controls. B. Unit Casings: Exposed casing surfaces constructed of galvanized steel with manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish. Designed for outdoor installation and complete with weather protection for components and controls, and complete with removable panels for required access to compressors, controls, condenser fans, motors, and drives. C. Compressor: Single refrigeration circuit with 2 stage scroll compressor, resiliently mounted, with positive lubrication, and internal motor overload protection. D. Condenser Coil: Constructed of copper tubing mechanically bonded to copper fins, factory leak and pressure tested. E. Controls: Furnish operating and safety controls including high and low pressure cutouts. Control transformer. Furnish magnetic contactors for compressor and condenser fan motors. F. Condenser Fans and Drives: Direct drive propeller fans statically and dynamically balanced. Wired to operate with compressor. Permanently lubricated ball bearing type motors with built -in thermal overload protection. [Furnish high efficiency fan motors.] GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 G. Condensing Unit Accessories: Furnish the following accessories: 1. Anti -short cycle timer. 2. Disconnect switch. 3. Coil and cabinet with corrosion resistant coating capable of withstanding salt spray test of 10.000 hours in accordance with ASTM BI 17. 4. Condenser Coil Guard: Condenser fan openings furnished with PVC coated steel wire safety guards. 5. Suction and discharge pressure gauges. H. Refrigeration specialties: Furnish the following: 1. Charge of compressor oil. 2. Holding charge of refrigerant. 3. Replaceable core type filter drier. 4. Liquid line sight glass and moisture indicator. 5. Shut -off valves on suction and liquid piping. 6. Charging valve. 7. Oil level sight glass. I. Refrigerant: Furnish charge of refrigerant R -410A. 2.4 ZONING SYSTEM A. Fully communicating system consisting of user interface, damper control module, remote room `smart' sensors and modulating dampers. 1 Zoning User Interface: User access into the zone system. Allows the user to operate, program, setup, monitor, and troubleshoot the system. From the user interface, the program schedules and desired setpoints and fan speed. 2. Damper Control Module: Receives signals from the Zoning User Interface and then turns on the equipment and modulates the necessary dampers to maintain space temperature. All components are connected directly to the Damper Control Module. One Damper Control Module will serve up to four zones. 3. Remote Room Smart Sensors: Smart Sensors will display zone temperatures and allow the user to change zone setpoints from within the room to the main Zone User Interface. Smart Sensors tie into the systems four wire communication buss (ABCD terminals) and can be daisy chained /t- tapped /wire -nutted to any point or device on the communication bus (ABCD) terminals. 4. Modulating type in various sizes. They are powered open, and power closed using 24 vac three wire connection and are modulated to maintain space temperature. The dampers are non- spring return and have specific drive timing allowing the system to track the dampers position. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.5 NON - ZONING CONTROLS A. Thermostat: 7 day programmable electronic space thermostat automatic changeover and heating setback and cooling setup capability. Furnish system selector switch off -heat- auto -cool and fan control switch, auto -on. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify concrete pad for condensing unit is ready for unit installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION - AIR HANDLING UNIT A. Connect air handling units to supply and return ductwork with flexible connections. Refer to Section 233300. B. Install components furnished loose for field mounting. 3.3 INSTALLATION - CONDENSING UNIT A. Install refrigerant piping from unit to condensing unit. Install refrigerant specialties specified in Section 232300. B. Evacuate refrigerant piping and install initial charge of refrigerant. C. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting. D. Install control wiring between air handling unit, condensing unit, and field installed accessories. 3.4 CLEANING A. Vacuum clean coils and inside of unit cabinet. B. Install temporary filters during construction period. Replace with permanent filters at Substantial Completion. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate air handling unit operation and maintenance. B. Demonstrate starting, maintenance, and operation of condensing unit. C. Furnish services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 8 hour day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of units. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not operate air handling units until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. END OF SECTION 23 81 26 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 81 26 - 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 00 10 BASIC DIVISION 26 REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RULES AND REGULATIONS A. Requirements of Division 20 Section "Common Work Results, Division 21 through 28" apply to this Division. B. Work and materials shall conform to and be executed, inspected and tested in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code and with the governing rules and regulations of federal, state and local governmental agencies. References to "NEC" within the Division 26 Sections shall be considered synonymous to this electrical code. C. Other codes which will apply to this installation include the current editions of: 1. ANSI C2 - National Electrical Safety Code. 2. NEMA Standards. 3. NFPA 70E — Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workspaces. 4. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 5. Underwriters Laboratories. D. Where governing codes indicate the Drawings and Specifications do not comply with the minimum requirements of applicable codes, be responsible for either notifying the Architect in writing during the bidding period of the revisions required to meet code requirements, or providing an installation which will comply with the code requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general administrative, material, and procedural requirements for electrical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 01: 1. Electrical product general requirements and accesses. 2. Substitutions. 3. Submittals. 4. Coordination drawings. 5. Record documents. 6. Maintenance manuals. 7. Rough -ins. 8. Electrical installations. 9. Cutting and patching. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Requirements of Division 20 Section "Common Work Results, Division 21 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 through 28" apply to this Division. 2. Division 23 Section "Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment," for factory- installed motors, controllers, accessories, and connections. 3. Coordinate with Division 21 - 28 for requirements for fully Integrated Facility Control System (IFCS) to combine building sub systems into one overall system. Provide a fully coordinated single seat interface to system operators. Utilize the existing Andover Continuum web based network. Provide complete control of building sub systems through a graphical, map- driven interface with further detail available on any sub system by clicking through a more focused graphic display for a particular system. Reference 25 0600 "Integrated Facility Control System" along with all other applicable specification sections. Submit list of existing operational systems demonstrating integration and information exchange with Andover Continuum Controls Platform. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The materials, products, and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required functions, dimensions, appearance, and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. B. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect/Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance, test data and warranties, and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other work for incorporation of the substitute shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substituted is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. C. If the Architect approved any proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. This Addendum shall then be issued to all Bidders. D. Requests for substitution shall be made only by a Bidder. Requests for substitution received by the Architect from sales representative, vendors, suppliers, etc., are not acceptable. E. Refer to "Division 01" for instructions on substitutions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Follow the procedures specified in Division 01 Section "Submittals." B. Submit coordination drawings for the areas specified and those areas defined as "problem" coordination areas during construction. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 l.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers of equipment shall be firms regularly engaged in manufacturing factory fabricated systems and equipment whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three (3) years. 1.7 WIRING AND CONTROLS A. Wiring and controls associated with equipment shall be furnished, installed and wired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable standards and codes. Provide installation instructions, locating dimensions and wiring diagrams for the other trades. Supervise the installation and start-up and test the equipment unless otherwise specified. B. Equipment Furnished by Other Divisions: Equipment specified in other divisions and requiring electrical supply shall be erected, aligned, leveled and prepared for operation. Provide required controls and accessories along with installation instructions, diagrams, dimensions and supervision of installation and start-up. Provide the required electrical rough -ins and confirm the electrical controls and accessories furnished under the specifications for the other divisions. Install those controls and accessories not located in the mechanical piping and ductwork. Provide additional electrical controls, accessories, fittings and devices not specified under the equipment but required for a finished, operating job. Make final electrical connections. Participate in the start-up and test services. 1.8 PERMIT AND INSPECTIONS A. Permits: Obtain and pay for all permits, bonds, licenses, tap -in fees, etc., required by the City, State or other authority having jurisdiction over the work, as a part of the work of the affected sections. B. Inspections: Arrange and pay for all inspections required by the above when they become due as part of the work of the sections affected. Conceal no work until approved by these governing authorities. Present the Engineer with properly signed certificate of final inspection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials, unless otherwise specified, shall be new and be the standard products of the manufacturer. Seconds, rejects, or damaged materials will be rejected. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. The equipment to be provided under these Specifications shall be essentially the standard commercial grade product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. C. The listing of a manufacturer for certain equipment and systems does not indicate acceptance of a standard or catalogued item of equipment. All equipment and systems shall conform to the Specifications. 2.2 U.L. LISTING A. All equipment shall bear the Underwriter's Laboratories (UL), or other approved agency, listing label. Acceptable alternates include: 1. Intertek Testing Service NA, Inc. (ITSNA) (formerly ETL). 2. Wherein an item of equipment is specified to be U.L. Listed, the entire assembly shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Any modifications to suit the intent of the Specifications shall be performed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and listed by U.L. B. Definitions: 1. Listed: Equipment or materials included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintain periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. 2. Labeled: Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicated compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner. 2.3 LEAP YEAR SOFTWARE PROTECTION A. All software supplied with new equipment shall be warranted against leap year program failure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 02 through 28 for rough -in requirements. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall- mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of Division 26 equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast -in -place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." 1. Submit coordination drawings indicating proposed access door locations for review per Division 26 Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements." 2. Ensure access doors are sized to permit complete access for any concealed and /or inaccessible junction boxes, control and monitoring devices, elevator shaft and duct mounted fire alarm detectors and other items of equipment requiring access, maintenance, and /or operation. a. Assure access to devices per codes and local authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of electrical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. The Architect shall control the placement of wall and ceiling mounted electrical devices, luminaires and outlets. The intent is to aesthetically locate luminaires /outlets by providing rough -in hardware, boxes and /or mounting plates, as required, when stud or furring may not be readily available for direct mounting. When drawing details are not available, consult with Architect's representative for actual placement. 2. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. Be responsible for any changes in openings and locations necessitated by the equipment installed. 3. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 4. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for electrical installations. 5. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured- in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 6. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 7. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Distribution Equipment Assembly Selection: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of assembly equipment. Equipment having equal performance characteristics and complying with indicated maximum dimensions and profiles may be considered, provided deviations do not change the design concept, intended performance, or code /future extension provision clearances. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer a minimum of 10 days prior to bid. 10. Protect all equipment and materials from the elements, dirt and other damage from the time it is removed from the point of storage until final acceptance. 11. Equipment shall include the component parts thereof such as disconnect switches, motor controllers, motors, drives, and guards necessary to the satisfactory and safe operation of the equipment. 12. Installation shall include setting equipment to accurate line and grade, leveling equipment, aligning equipment components, providing and installing couplings, bolts, guards, and anchor bolts. 13. All tolerances in alignment and leveling, and the quality of workmanship for each class and stage of work shall be subject to manufacturer's installation instructions. 14. All manufacturers' finished equipment surfaces damaged during construction shall be brought to an "as new" condition by touch up or repainting. Any rust shall be completely removed and the surface primed prior to repainting. 15. Workmanship shall conform to the "Standard of Installation" published by the GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 National Electrical Contractors Association. 16. Provide all trench and conduit excavation and backfilling required for his work inside and outside the building, including repairing of finished surfaces, all required shoring, bracing, pumping, and all protection for safety of persons and property. In addition, check the indicated elevations of the utilities entering and leaving the building. If such elevations require excavations lower than the footing levels, the Architect shall be notified of such conditions and a redesign shall be made before excavations are commenced. Make the excavations at the minimum required depths in order not to undercut the footings. 17. Provide all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for erection and delivery of equipment and apparatus furnished into the premises. These items shall be removed from the premises when no longer required. 18. No electrical equipment, raceways or other work of any kind shall be covered up or hidden from view before it has been examined and approved. Any unsatisfactory work or materials shall be removed and corrected immediately. 19. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components. 20. Install electrical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. 21. Coordinate installation of access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. 22. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 3.5 COORDINATION WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATION UTILITIES AND SERVICES A. Coordinate connection of electrical and telecommunication systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services and meet all of their schedules so that the electrical services proceeds in a timely and orderly fashion. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. B. Locations and details required by Division 26 for the utility rough -in shall be the responsibility of Division 26. 3.6 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND SUPERVISION A. Where supervision by a manufacturer is specified, follow all instructions, recommended manufacturer and specified field tests, and other recommendations of the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall supervise the installation, connection, start-up, testing, adjustment, instruction of the Owner and final tests of such equipment or system. Where two or more manufacturer's equipment are interrelated, take responsibility to coordinate their work and provide supervision. B. Have the manufacturer instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 techniques of all equipment, systems, etc., at the time of completion of all work. C. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner prepare and submit to the Architect for review three copies of operation and maintenance (0 and M) instructions in printed form for each item of equipment or system installed in the building. Complete instructions for each system shall be assembled and bound in a brochure. Detailed contents of the 0 and M manuals are as hereinafter specified. Refer to appropriate Division 01 sections for general requirements affecting this work. 3.7 PAINTING A. Provide the prime painting of all equipment and materials furnished under Division 26 specifications, unless specifically stated otherwise. In general, all equipment except raceways and galvanized boxes that are not provided with a factory - applied final finish shall be delivered to the job site with a shop - applied prime coat of paint. Refer to Division 09 Section "Interior and Exterior Painting." 3.8 TEST AND INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the work, notify the Architect in writing, that the entire electrical installation has been examined, inspected, tested, calibrated or adjusted as specified and that it is ready for final inspection. Work to be connected prior to final inspection and also to include all of the work specified for "Manufacturers' Directions and Supervision." Include documentation of specified testing and inspection. B. Prior to each inspection, provide a written certification that each system or piece of equipment to be operated during that test has been tested and does meet design performance criteria of the Contract Documents. C. On completion of the work, obtain Certificates of Compliance, and approval or acceptance from all authorities having jurisdiction over the work, and deliver these certificates to the Architect. The work shall not be deemed to have reached a state of completion until the certificates have been delivered. 3.9 LOOSE EQUIPMENT A. Provide four keys for every different piece of electrical equipment which is equipped with a lock. B. Provide all other loose equipment specified /supplied for use with all systems. 3.10 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 01 for quantities and types of submittals. B. Required submittals shall be submitted in groups by systems. For example, all lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts and accessories shall be submitted simultaneously in one GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 8 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 package. C. Division 26 Submittals required: 1. Batteries and battery chargers (submit with associated system). 2. Conduit fittings. 3. Contactors. 4. Disconnect switches. 5. Motor controllers. 6. Protective devices. 7. Surface raceways. 8. Wiring devices. D. Submittals submitted for other than those listed above or specifically required in the appropriate Specification Section will not be reviewed or returned. E. Contractor Certificates: 1. Contractor certification forms may be submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in lieu of system shop drawing product data requirements except for the systems or products listed below: a. Protective devices. 3.11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 01 Section "Project Coordination," to a scale of 1/4 " =1' -0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of major raceway systems, equipment, and materials. Include the following: a. Clearances for servicing equipment, including space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. b. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. c. Wall and floor sleeve penetrations. d. Floor box assembly installations. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 2. Coordination drawings shall be provided by Division 26 for the following: a. Access door locations and sizes (for installation by Division 08). b. Communication rooms. c. Electrical equipment rooms. d. Feeder routings. e. Mechanical equipment rooms. 3. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 9 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 4. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 5. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, luminaires, communications systems components, sprinklers, and other ceiling- mounted devices. B. Contract Document Drawing copies may be used as base for coordination drawings, then marked to depict actual equipment sizes and other requirements of coordination drawings. Those not marked will be rejected. 3.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, indicate installed conditions for: 1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of control devices; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; and fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements. 2. Major equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 3. Contract Modifications and actual equipment and materials installed. B. Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state of Florida as specified in Division 01 Section "Execution" to record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. 3.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, the following requirements apply: 1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to: a. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill -timed Work. b. Remove and replace defective Work. c. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. d. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. e. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect observation of concealed Work. 2. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 3. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. 4. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for the original installation and experienced Installers. Installers' qualifications refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 components being patched. a. Refer to Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for definition of experienced "Installer." END OF SECTION 26 00 10 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 00 10 - 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes solid grounding of building structures and electrical and communications systems and equipment. It includes basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. Types of grounding systems include the following: 1. Electrical Service and Transformer Grounding. 2. Building Grounding. 3. Equipment Room Ground Terminal Bar. 4. Electrical Equipment Grounding. 5. Surge Protective Device (SPD) Grounding. 6. Telecommunications Grounding. 7. Underground Distribution Grounding. 8. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System. B. Requirements of the following Division 26 Sections apply to this Section: 1. Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements." 2. Section "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3. Section "Raceways." 4. Section "Underground Ducts and Manholes." 5. Section "Electrical Identification." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements ". 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product indicated. B. Submittals: Submit six (6) complete six of submittals including: 1. Schedules and Lists: Product or equipment schedules and lists. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Detailed wiring for grounding and bonding. Differentiate clearly intersystem bonding between communications. 3. Coordination drawings. C. Samples: 1. For verification: For each type of lug indicated. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections. B. Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as -built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Ground rods. 2. Ground rings. 3. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 4. Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. D. Field quality- control test reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data ", include the following: 1. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at ground rings based on NETA MTS and NFPA 70B. a. Tests shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if they do not. b. Include recommended testing intervals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on -site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Comply with ANSI /TIA /EIA -607A — Commercial Building Grounding, Earthing and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following listed manufacturers: 1. Ground Rods: a. Burndy. b. Erico Products. c. Knight Metalcraft. d. Nehring. 2. Molded Fusion Welding Material: a. Cadweld. b. ThermOweld. 3. Ground Clamps /Connectors: a. Adalet — PLM Division; a Division of Scott Felzer. b. Anderson Corp. c. Anixter Bros., Inc. d. Burndy. e. Chance — A.B. chance Co. f. Crouse - Hinds, a Division of Cooper Industries. g. Erico Products. h. Ideal Industries, Inc. i. Joslyn Corporation. j. O -Z /Gedney Co. k. Raco, Inc. 1. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Enclosure Equipment Grounding Kits: a. Same manufacturer as box/cabinet or per 2.1 A.3. 5. Potential Equalizing Grid a. Burndy. b. Erico Products. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with NEC and Electric Utility requirements. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS A. General: Comply with Division 26 Section "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated. Conductors No. 8 and larger may use green taped conductor ends. D. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Bare stranded, soft drawn or soft annealed, copper wire. E. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, NEC sized AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade. 2. Duct -Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches (300 mm) above duct bank when indicated as part of duct -bank installation. 2.4 EQUIPMENT ROOM GROUND TERMINAL BAR A. Copper 1/4 inch thick by 2 -1/2 inch wide by length shown on Drawings, unless otherwise indicated, with two (2) rows of holes on 1 -1/2 inch centers for 1/2 inch bolt, to receive cables from two (2) directions. 2.5 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING EQUIPMENT A. Grounding Busbars: 1. Telecommunications Main Grounding Bus Bar (TMGB) - 24 "W x 4 "H x 1 /4 "D copper bus, with two (2) rows of holes on 1 inch centers for 1/4 inch bolts, to receive cables from two directions. 2. Telecommunications Grounding Bus Bar (TGB) - 12 "W x 4 "H x 1/4 "D copper bus, with two (2) rows of holes on 1 inch centers for 1/4 inch bolts, to receive cables from two directions. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer /Series — Erico; Eritechn #TMGB / #TGB Series or equal by Newton or Harger. B. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB): 1. Size TBB based on the following chart which is approximately 2kc mils per linear foot. a. Minimum of No. 6 AWG conductor TBB between TGB /TMGB and equipment, equipment racks, etc. b. Minimum of No. 2 AWG conductor TBB between TGB/TMGB and equipment, equipment racks, etc. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 260526 -4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEl Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.6 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure - type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. 2. Split -bolt connectors shall not be used for any application. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic- welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.7 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel with high - strength steel core and electrolytic -grade copper outer sheath, molten welded to core. 1. Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet. B. Plate Electrodes: Copper plates, minimum 0.10 inch thick, size as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Ground all equipment, furnished by this Division or by others. 1. Split -Bolt connection methods, shall not be used. B. Provide building grounding as shown on Drawings. C. Provide ground connection for electric service as shown on Drawings. D. Provide ground connection for communication /special systems services including underground, aerial, and antenna delivery systems. E. All transformer enclosures and secondary neutrals shall be separately grounded. Do not ground directly to building steel. Refer to "single line diagram" and details on Drawings. F. Make fusion welds in strict accordance with supplier's instructions. Clamp cables securely in place, independent of mold. Clean and inspect all welds. G. At least one connection shall be made between the building ground, the electrical service ground for the building, and a metallic cold water pipe ground larger than one inch trade diameter. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 H. Provide a 3/0 AWG copper ground wire connected on building side of the water meter to the metallic water pipe using suitable pipe clamps. Also provide a similar bonding jumper around the water meter that will remain in place whether the water meter is in place or not. I. Grounding cable shall not be buried directly in concrete, but a conduit sleeve shall be provided where cable passes through concrete. J. Where ground conductors are shown on Drawings and for all feeders, the use of the metallic raceway in place of the ground conductor shall not be permitted. Provide grounding bushings at each end of all low voltage feeder raceways. Where non - metallic conduit is used, be responsible for installing a code sized ground conductor, whether indicated or not. K. All grounding conductors run inside the building shall be run within NEC sized metallic raceways with raceway grounding bushings at each end and bonding jumper to the enclosure or ground bus. Extend raceway to associated equipment enclosures and to within 6 inches of exposed ground terminal bar installations. Raceway installations shall be in accordance with Division 26 Section "Raceways." 1. Each ground conductor bus connection shall be terminated with individual compression lug and associated individual lug bolt. 2. Split -bolt connection methods shall not be used for any application. L. Welded connections may have multiple ground conductors to suit mold and may be considered "continuous." 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic- welded connectors for outdoor locations. Only when a GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 disconnect -type connection is indicated, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. E. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. 3.3 BUILDING GROUNDING INSTALLATIONS A. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart. B. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter of building. I. Install tinned- copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches (600 mm) from building foundation. 3.4 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS A. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. B. Drive the ground rods to a minimum depth of ten feet, or more if necessary to reach permanent moisture. Ground rods shall be driven at least two feet away from the footing. C. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. For service grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. E. All connections below grade shall be made with exothermic welds. Provide corrosion protection in acid soils. 3.5 ELECTRIC SERVICE AND TRANSFORMER GROUNDING INSTALLATIONS A. Make grounding connections electrically ahead of any overcurrent or disconnect device or tap connection such that disconnection of neutral load conductors does not interfere with or remove the system ground connection. Use separate lugs on the transformer neutral terminal for neutral and main grounding jumper when cable is used for transformer connections. B. Connect low voltage transformer grounds to common grounding electrode conductor(s) and not to building steel. C. Make all connections to the grounding electrode system accessible. 3.6 EQUIPMENT ROOM GROUND TERMINAL BAR INSTALLATION A. Install a complete grounding electrode system with interconnecting cables and terminations at electrical and communications equipment rooms. B. Install ground terminal bar in equipment rooms where shown on drawings. Mount bar by anchors and bolts using 1 -1/2 inch long insulated spacer between bar and wall. Use a minimum of two supports 18 inch on center. Connect all grounding electrode system conductors, system enclosure ground bus, and other indicated electrode systems to the terminal bar. 1. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to horizontal bus. 3.7 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SIGNAL GROUNDING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install a complete telecommunications grounding electrode system with room grounding buses, grounding electrodes, and interconnecting cables per ANSI/EIA /TIA- 607A. B. Install main and room ground bus bars at 18 inches AFF where indicated. Mount bus bar by anchors and bolts using 1 -1/2 inch long insulated spacer between bar and plywood. Use a minimum of two supports for each bus bar. 1. Provide signal ground (TBB) homeruns from TMGB to each TGB with insulated grounding conductor in conduit per Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 a. TBB shall be routed to highest TGB in a vertical of stack telecommunications rooms. TBB sized per length to furthest TGB from TMGB. Each TGB shall be connected to TBB in each TR with a maximum 8" grounding whip with irreversible connection. 2. Lug main grounding bus to grounding electrodes with No. 1/0 grounding electrode conductor per Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Provide a Bonding Conductor (BC) terminated at the TMGB and the electrical service ground bar. Size similar to a TBB. D. Provide a grounding equalizer (GE) extending from TGB to TGB every three (3) floors in the building (and at top floor). Size similar to TBB. E. Provide an exterior service entrance grounding electrode system specific to telecommunications system. 1. Install three (3) ground rods equidistant from each other (minimum of 6 feet). 2. Extend BC to TMGB from one ground rod. F. Install room terminal ground bus directly adjacent to main and room ground buses at 18 inch AFF. Tie to room ground bus with bare No. 1/0 AWG. G. Terminate metallic telecommunications pathways (conduit, sleeves, cable trays, etc.) to building steel or ground and not to telecommunication grounding bus systems on both ends. H. All exterior /underground terminations shall be made with exothermic welds. I. Measure impedance of grounding conductors upon completion and record on as- built documents. J. Size all TBB and Equipment Grounding Conductors for the following schedule: INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZING SCHEDULE CONDUCTOR LENGTH (FEET) INSULATED CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG) MAXIMUM AREA (CIRCULAR MILS) 13 6 26.240 21 4 41,740 26 3 52,620 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 260526 -9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 CONDUCTOR LENGTH (FEET) INSULATED CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG) MAXIMUM AREA (CIRCULAR MILS) 33 2 66,360 42 1 83,690 53 1/0 105,600 67 2/0 133,100 84 3/0 167,800 106 4/0 211,600 125 250 250,000 150 300 300,000 175 350 350,000 200 400 400,000 250 500 500,000 300 600 600,000 350 700 700,000 375 750 750,000 400 800 800,000 450 900 900,000 500 1000 1,000,000 625 1250 1,250,000 750 1500 1,500,000 875 1750 1,750,000 1000 2000 2,000,000 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26- 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. DESIGN GUIDE BASIS: A. MAXIMUM VALUE OF 0.1 OHM AT B. EACH POINT 2K CIRCULAR MILS C. NEEDED FOR EVERY FOOT NEC TABLE 8 2. MINIMUM A. EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR: 6 REQUIREMENTS: B. AWG (MIN.) TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUILDING BACKBONE (TBB: 2 AWG (MIN.) 3.8 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATIONS A. Unless indicated otherwise, form one equipment ground circuit with rigid metallic raceways (e.g. EMT, rigid steel conduit) where used. Install a bonding jumper for continuity around all fittings and terminations where the conductive raceway is made non- continuous (i.e. underground feeder non - metallic raceways). 1. Bond all grounding conductors to boxes or enclosures at each access point utilizing approved grounding kits. Do not use building steel as equipment grounding path. 2. Bond all conductive metallic piping system in each mechanical equipment room as required by NEC 250 -104B utilizing approved clamps. Minimum size of conductors as required by NEC. Locate all connections where access is unrestricted for inspection. Looping of conductor from one system to another is acceptable provided the conductor is without splice and has each end of loop bonded. 3. If non - metallic raceways are used for power distribution feeders (i.e., panels, transformers, HVAC equipment), where the feeder is a single feeder and not a parallel feeder, a second insulated grounding conductors shall be provided inside the conduit (conduit size shall be adjusted accordingly), or a bare grounding conductor shall be provided strapped to the outside of the conduit. The grounding conductor shall be the same size as the grounding conductor provided inside the conduit. Terminate at grounding bushings or bus on each end. Where the feeder is a parallel feeder, a second grounding conductor shall not be required. 4. Where non - metallic raceways are used for branch circuit wiring (such as lighting, receptacles and miscellaneous equipment circuits), a second insulated grounding conductor shall be provided inside the conduit (conduit size shall be adjusted accordingly), or, a bare grounding conductor shall be provided strapped to the outside of the conduit. The grounding conductor shall be the same size as the grounding conductor provided inside the conduit. B. Provide, in the same raceway with the associated phase and /or neutral conductors, a green colored equipment ground conductor having the same type insulation and connected as described below to provide equipment ground redundancy. 1. Install a ground conductor in each raceway to augment the circuit formed by the metallic raceway system. Bond the conductor to each box or enclosure in which access is possible utilizing enclosure equipment ground kits, through metallic conduit insulated ground bushings or wedges and /or enclosure threaded GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 11 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEl Project #16064 July 15, 2016 grounding studs. Size conductor as specified, shown or required by Code, whichever is larger. Install a raceway grounding bushing and bonding jumper to the enclosure or contained ground bus for the following: each termination of conduits 1 inch trade size and larger at a switchboard, panelboard, or other enclosure, each location where multiple ring knockouts are damaged during conduit installation, each location where conduits are stubbed up into floor mounted enclosures; each conduit termination at a painted enclosure where paint is not removed before installation of raceway and each feeder. a. All branch circuits shall be provided with an equipment grounding conductor sized per NEC Table 250 -122. This includes all lighting and power branch circuits. b. Provide a ground conductor to all light switches, receptacles, motors, light fixtures and all other branch circuit loads. c. Install a ground conductor inside all flexible raceways (e.g., flexible steel, liquid tight). Bond the conductor to the enclosure or ground bus in the nearest box or access on either side of the flexible section. Size conductor as specified, indicated, or required by Code, whichever is larger. d. Install a ground conductor in all sectional raceways with removable covers for access (e.g. plug -in strips, surface raceway systems, and wireways) unless specified otherwise. Size conductor in accordance with the NEC for the largest phase conductor size installed in raceway, or as indicated. Bond all sections of the raceway to the ground conductors. Connect all receptacle ground terminals in the raceway to the ground conductor, and make other ground connections shown on Drawings. C. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. D. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. E. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1 /4- by- 2 -by -12 -inch (6- by- 50 -by- 300 -mm) grounding bus. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. F. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch - circuit conductors. 3.9 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE PROTECTION DEVICE (SPD) GROUND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATIONS A. Extent transient voltage surge suppressor dissipation ground conductors to local equipment ground bus and to common grounding electrode conductors. Size conductors per (SPD) manufacturer recommendations and National Electrical Code. Refer to details on Drawings. 3.10 LABELING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems" Article for instruction signs. The label or its text shall be green. B. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed. 1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager." 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground - resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 13 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of- potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground - rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. E. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 26 - 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. B. Provide bases, inertia pads, steel supports, anchor bolts, inserts, etc., for all equipment and apparatus shown on Drawings. C. Floor- mounted electrical equipment shall be installed on 4 inch high floor doweled concrete housekeeping pads with 4 inch equipment inset all sides. Concrete shall be in accordance with referenced concrete specification section. D. Provide formed steel support channels extending from the solidly anchored to floor and ceiling slabs and mount the designated equipment thereto. E. Provide Steel Support Channels For: 1. Cable Trays. 2. Disconnect Switches. 3. Individual Motor Controllers. 4. Individual Circuit Breakers. 5. Raceways. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements ". 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. 2. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: a. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. b. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. c. Nonmetallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. d. Equipment supports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section 'Roof Accessories." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA -4, factory- fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit, a Division of Tyco. b. Line Systems. c. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. d. ERICO International Corporation. e. GS Metals Corporation. f. Thomas & Betts Corporation. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 g. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. h. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA -4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA -4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA -4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural - grade, factory - formed, glass- fiber- resin channels and angles with 9/16 -inch- (14 -mm -) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (200 mm) o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. c. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. d. Seasafe, Inc. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 3. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. 4. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory- fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non - armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. G. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Power- Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti, Inc. 2) ITW Ramset /Red Head; a Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical- Expansion Anchors: Insert- wedge -type, steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti, Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA -4 or MSS SP -58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Comply with NEC, NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Take care not to weaken concrete or penetrate waterproofing where equipment supports are on concrete construction. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 4 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 C. Obtain prior approval for installation method of structural steel required to frame into building structural members for the support of equipment, conduit, etc. Welding shall be permitted only when approved by Engineer's field representative. D. Coordinate with the building structural system and with other electrical installation. 1. Metal Decking: Nothing is to be suspended from metal roof decks (no concrete). E. Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components as required to produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel or angle iron racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices. F. In overhead spaces, boxes shall be supported independently of raceways and raceways independent of the boxes. Support boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. 1. Where bar hangers are used for boxes, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an independent approved type of fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. To clarify, box or raceway removal should not require re- supporting of the other. G. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as scheduled in NECA 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. H. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single -bolt conduit clamps single -bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 -inch (38 -mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NEC, NECA 1 and NECA specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to and RMC may be supported by openings NFPA 70. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 101 for installation requirements except as methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, through structure members, as permitted in 260529 -5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface - Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. Instead of expansion anchors, powder- actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard - weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight - aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 5. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1 /D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site- fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 /D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate dimensions of concrete housekeeping pads with requirement for equipment supplied. B. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. C. Use 3000 -psi (20.7 -MPa), 28 -day compressive- strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 03 Section Cast - in -Place Concrete. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 D. Anchor equipment to concrete base: 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touching up field- painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing- repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 29 - 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 05 35 BOXES AND CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cabinets, boxes and fittings for electrical installation and certain types of electrical fittings not covered in other sections. Types of products specified in this Section include: 1. Steel Device Boxes. 2. Cast Device Boxes. 3. Pull and Junction Boxes. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Requirements of Division 07 Section "Firestopping Penetrations" apply to this Section. B. Conduit -body type electrical enclosures and raceway fittings are specified in Section "Raceways." C. Requirements of the following Division 26 Sections apply to this Section: 1. Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements." 2. Section "Raceways." 3. Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 4. Section "Electrical Identification." 5. Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section "Basic Divisions 26 Requirements ". 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. a. Conduit fittings. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate wall and floor box and cabinet penetration in rated walls with Division 07 firestopping installer to ensure rating is maintained. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Listing and Labeling: Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL. B. National Electrical Code Compliance: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standard 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: B. Steel Device Boxes: 1. EGS /Appleton Electric Co. 2. Midland Ross Corp. (Steel City). 3. Raco; a Hubbell Co. 4. Thomas & Betts Corporation C. Cast Device Boxes: 1. EGS /Appleton Electric Co. 2. Crouse Hinds Electrical Construction Material; Div. Of Cooper Industries, Inc. 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. 4. O -Z /Gedney, a General Signal Co. D. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. O- Z /Gedney, a General Signal Co. 2. Crouse Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 3. Appleton Electric Co. 4. Hoffman Engineering Co. 5. Lee Products. 6. Hammond Manufacturing. 7. Electromate Corporation. E. Cabinets: 1. Galvanized Sheet Steel: a. Square -D. b. Chicago Switchboard. c. Cutler Hammer /Westinghouse. d. General Electric. e. Hoffman Engineering Co. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 f. Illinois Switchboard. g. Lee Products. h. Crenlo, Inc. i. Hammond Manufacturing. j. Electromate Corporation. k. Sheet Aluminum. 1. Siemens m. Hennessy Products, Inc. n. Wiegman, a Division of Hubbell Inc. 2.2 CABINETS AND BOXES - GENERAL A. Electrical Cabinets and Boxes: Of indicated types, sizes and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes and classes appropriate for the use and location. Provide all items complete with covers and accessories required for the intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. Box depth shall exceed depth of installed device by 1/4 inch. 2.3 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Sheet Steel: Flat - rolled, code -gage, galvanized steel. B. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. C. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware. D. Cast Metal for Boxes, Enclosures and Covers: Copper -free aluminum except as otherwise specified. E. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as otherwise indicated. F. Painted Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel. G. Fittings for Boxes, Cabinets and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel for conduit hubs, with ground terminal bushings and box connectors. 2.4 STEEL DEVICE BOXES A. General: 1. Fabricate from galvanized or cadmium plated pressed sheet steel, with covers, extension, etc., as required by the installation. 2. Box depth shall exceed depth of installed device by 1/4 inch. B. Outlet, Receptacle, Device, and Junction Boxes: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. 4 inch square by 1 -1/2 inch depth minimum, without clamps for either conduit or tubing. 2. 4 -11/16 inch square by 1 -1/2 inch depth minimum, without clamps for either conduit or tubing. 2.5 CAST DEVICE BOXES A. General: 1. Copper -free aluminum or malleable iron with matching cast cover. B. Switch Boxes: 1. FS or FD series, single, two, multi -gang as required for wiring device arrangement. C. Outlet, Receptacle, Device, and Junction Boxes: 1. FD series, single, two, multi -gang as required for wiring device arrangement. 2.6 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. General: 1. NEMA type and size as required by area or as shown, complete with matching cover. Where necessary, gaskets shall be used to prevent entrance of moisture. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: 1. Minimum 14 gauge, solder or braze all seams, roll edges at openings and bolt on covers. C. Cast Iron: 1. Corrosion resistant, hot -dip galvanized and bolt on cast cover utilizing stainless steel screws. D. Cast Aluminum: 1. Non - rusting, non - sparking, non - magnetic and bolt on cast cover utilizing stainless steel screws. E. Cast Bronze: 1. Non - rusting, non - sparking, non - magnetic and bolt on cast cover utilizing brass screws. 2.7 CABINETS A. Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes." B. General: NEMA type and size as required by area, application, or as shown. Cabinet shall consist of a box and a front consisting of a one piece frame and hinged door. Hinged side shall be dependent upon physical application. Arrange door to close against a rabbet placed around the inside edge of the frame, with a uniformly close fit between GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 door and frame. Provide concealed fasteners, not over 24 inches apart, to hold fronts to cabinet boxes and provide for adjustment. Provide flush or concealed door hinges not over 24 inches apart and not over 6 inches from top and bottom of door. Louvers for cabinet ventilation shall be provided as required by application. For flush cabinets, make the front approximately 3/4 inch larger than the box all around. For surface mounted cabinets make front same height and width as box. C. Doors: Double doors for cabinets wider than 24 inches. Cabinets wider than 48 inches may have sliding or removable doors. D. Locks: Combination spring catch and key lock, with all locks for cabinets of the same system keyed alike. Locks may be omitted on signal, power and lighting cabinets located within wire closets and mechanical - electrical rooms. Locks shall be of a type to permit doors to latch closed without locking. Latch shall be padlocking type for exterior applications. E. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Minimum 14 gauge, solder or braze all seams, roll edges at openings and minimum 12 gauge doors to match panelboard enclosures. F. Sheet Aluminum: Minimum .125 inch 5052 -H32 sheet aluminum thickness, welded seams, gasketed weathertight door, weather - resistant hinge, and weather - resistant padlockable latching mechanism. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Provide grounding kits and /or stabs for each box and cabinet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and installation conditions. B. Maintain the environmental rating of the enclosures. Install in the openings only listed or recognized conduit hubs or control devices with the same integrity as the enclosure, in compliance with the installation instructions of the device. 1. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs. 2. Use listed enclosure conduit connectors to maintain raceway to enclosure ground integrity. Cut through paint as applicable. Cutting slots shall not be acceptable for conduit entries into enclosures. C. Support and fasten items securely in accordance with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 1. Fasten boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 raceways. D. Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller than sizes indicated. E. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel. F. Refinish and paint enclosures in field due to any field modifications. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Furnish electrical identification as indicated in Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." B. Cabinets: Flush mounted, NEMA enclosure type 1 except as otherwise indicated. C. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location and in conformance with the following requirements. 1. Interior Dry Locations: NEMA type 1, sheet steel or nonmetallic as permitted by Local code. 2. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet steel, NEMA type 1. 3. Interior Dry Locations: Nonmetallic, NEMA type 1. 4. Interior Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Cast metal, NEMA type 3. 5. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Cast metal, NEMA type 3R. 6. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Molded PVC or glass fiber reinforced plastic, NEMA type 3. 7. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Molded PVC or glass fiber reinforced plastic, NEMA type 3R. 8. Wet Locations: NEMA type 4 enclosures. 9. Corrosive Locations: NEMA type 4X enclosures. 10. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for the location and class of hazard indicated. D. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location except as otherwise indicated. E. Floor Boxes: In slabs on grade and wet locations use cast iron (or non - metallic) boxes. At other locations in slabs, use concrete -tight stamped steel boxes. 1. When non - metallic is used, assure ground continuity to wiring devices and for through box branch circuits. 2. Coordinate plate assemblies for applicable floor construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BOXES A. Size all boxes as required by the National Electrical Code with oversize boxes as shown GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GE1 Project #16064 July 15, 2016 on Drawings. Obtain special backboxes with associated equipment when available. B. Provide where required for outlet facility and rough -in requirements. Securely support from building construction with rods or bar hangers independent of raceways. Provide backing extension for all steel device boxes in stud walls or support box on two opposite sides such that cover plate and drywall is not stressed to hold box in position. C. Give priority in available space to large steam mains, steam lines that pitch, waste lines, drain lines, large air duct, and all structural steel, unless shown otherwise. 1. Minimum Spacing: 3 inches between boxes and cold water or waste piping and 6 inches between boxes and parallel steam pipes, condensate pipes, hot water pipes and air ducts. 2. Do not support from ceiling supporting system, mechanical system supports or mechanical systems. 3. Do not penetrate or anchor into mechanical ductwork. D. Install recessed except where shown or specified surface mounted. E. Maintain accessibility to all boxes. Z- spline ceilings are considered not accessible. F. Size and install so no part is visible and is completely covered by wall plate or fixture. G. Do not cut insulation in walls to install boxes. H. Do not use through- the -wall boxes. I. Recessed boxes shall not be installed back to back. J. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. K. In each instance where two or more device boxes are generally located in the same vicinity and at the same mounting height, mount those devices in a common multi -gang barriered box as appropriate for the device types. 1. Maintain box and raceway separations per NEC. Pullbox barriers will not be acceptable except for special cases brought to the engineer's attention prior to installation. L. In each instance where two or more device boxes are generally located in the same vicinity and at different elevations, mount the boxes vertically on a common center line. M. Install in center of glazed tile, brick, block or other masonry wall material with square cornered tile or masonry extension rings of proper depth. N. Install outlet boxes in sheet rock walls with square cornered tile or masonry rings of proper depth. Standard drywall rings will not be acceptable. Maintain NEC required tolerances. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 O. Close off all unused openings with proper fittings. P. Install outlet boxes for electric water coolers concealed inside cooler cabinet. Locate outlet boxes using rough -in template furnished with cooler. Q. Combination devices (i.e. switch and receptacle) installed in minimum 2 gang box under common wall plate. R. Provide box and cabinet barriers to segregate voltages 300 volts and greater and to segregate normal and emergency distribution system branches. S. Set floor boxes level at height to match trim with flooring type. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. All boxes shall be concealed and accessible after completion of building. B. Installation in finished spaces requiring access panels is prohibited except where specifically shown or directed. 3.5 BOX IDENTIFICATION A. Per Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.6 BOX COVERS A. Provide appropriate screw cover for all boxes dependent upon type and application. B. Provide spannerhead screws for exposed covers in psychiatric and high security areas. 3.7 BOX APPLICATION A. Exterior walls shall not be considered interior dry locations for recessed exterior devices. Sheet steel boxes shall not be used. B. Galvanized steel boxes may be used in: 1. Concealed interior locations above ceilings and in hollow studded partitions. 2. Exposed interior location above seven feet. 3. Direct contact with concrete except slab on grade. 4. Stud walls of kitchens and laundries. C. Cast boxes shall be used in: 1. Exterior locations. 2. Hazardous locations. 3. Within seven feet area around boilers, incinerators and other heat producing GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 equipment. 4. Exposed interior locations within seven feet of the floor. 5. Direct contact with earth. 6. Direct contact with concrete in slab on grade. 7. Wet locations. 8. Kitchens and laundries except in stud walls. D. Sectional Boxes: 1. Shall not be used in any application. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS A. Support securely independent from building construction and align with adjacent equipment. Top shall be 6 foot - 2 inches to top of trim. 3.9 GROUNDING A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes a grounding conductor, provide a grounding terminal in the interior of the cabinet, box or enclosure. 3.10 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and weld marks. B. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using a zinc -rich paint recommended by the tray manufacturer. C. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch -up coating. END OF SECTION 26 05 35 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 35 - 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Identification for raceway and cable. 2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. 3. Underground -line warning tape. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Instruction signs. 6. Equipment identification labels. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. B. Requirements of the following Division 09 Sections apply to this Section: 1. Section "Interior Painting." 2. Section "Exterior Painting." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements ". 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated including labeling machines if used. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification specific products. C. Drawing: Depicting specific nomenclature for instruction signs including control -by- event or explanation of systems operations for: 1. Switchboards. 2. Remotely grounded equipment. D. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and IEEE C2. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Comply with NFPA 70 and NFPA 70E. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive - attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady USA, Inc. Industrial Products Division. 2. BW Industries, Inc. 3. Ideal Industries, Inc. 4. Rhino /DYMO, a Newell Rubbermaid Company. 5. Seton Name Plate Corporation. 2.2 FONT A. Arial uppercase. B. Text abbreviations other than equipment identifications permitted only as approved. 2.3 RACEWAY AND CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 B. Color for System Identification and Printed Text: L Per system or NEC branch color coding specified. 2. Identification Label: Indicate system or service. Include branch and voltage text for NEC electrical distribution. C. Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather and chemical - resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 2.4 BOX WIRING IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Self Adhesive Write -On Tags: Vinyl type with black pre - printed "System /Panelboard: ", "Circuit No:" and "Load:" in three fill in lines on white field. 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, blank ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. B. Self- Adhesive Labels: Field machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process with System /Panelboard, Circuit No. and Load text. C. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, length as required for text by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped text, punched or drilled for screw mounting. 2.5 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. B. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification text machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. C. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels: Cut from 0.014 inch (0.35 -mm- thick aluminum sheet, with stamped, embossed, or scribed text, and fitted with tabs and matching slots for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. D. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped text, punched for use with self locking nylon tie fastener. E. Tie On Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, with corrosion - resistant grommet and polyester or nylon tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. F. Self adhesive Write -On Tags: Vinyl type with black pre - printed "System/Panelboard: ", "Circuit No.: ", and "Load:" in three fill in lines on white field. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project # 16064 July 15, 2016 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 2.6 FLOOR MARKING TAPE A. 3 inch (75 -mm) wide, 5 mil (0.12 -mm) pressure- sensitive vinyl tape, with black and white stripes and clear vinyl overlay. 2.7 UNDERGROUND LINE WARNING TAPE A. Description: Permanent, yellow colored, continuous- printed, polyethylene tape. 1. Not less than 6 inches (150 mm) wide by 4 mils (0.102 mm) thick. 2. Compounded for permanent direct- burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed text shall indicate type of underground line. 2.8 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure- sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). D. Metal Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather- resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose- acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396 inch (1 mm) galvanized -steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). 2.9 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved text with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. B. Electrical Assembly Single -Line: 1. Framed acrylic screw mounted full size record drawing. 2. Printed operating instructions may be included as an option to separate signage. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.10 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, color coded by system, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 1/2 inch (6.4 mm). B. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, color coded by system, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 1/2 inch (6.4 mm). Overlay shalt provide a weatherproof and ultraviolet- resistant seal for label. C. Self - Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, color coded by system. Minimum letter height shall be 1/2 inch (6.4 mm). D. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting, color coded by system. Minimum letter height shall be 1/2 inch (6.4 mm). E. Stenciled Text: In nonfading, waterproof, [black] <Insert color> ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert height >. 2.11 COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. Minimum letter height shall be 1/4 inch 93.2 mm). 2.12 ABOVE CEILING EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Dot Label: 1/2 inch (64 mm) vinyl dot color coded by system. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self- tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL COLOR CODING OF SYSTEMS A. Provide NEC electrical distribution branch color coding as follows: 1. Normal: a. System ID or Nameplate: Black b. Text: White c. Conductors: Per associated 2. Generator: a. System ID or Nameplate: Green b. Text: White GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 5 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 c. Conductors: Per associated 3. Emergency: a. System ID or Nameplate: Yellow b. Text: Black c. Conductors: Per associated B. Provide Division 23 systems color coding as follows: 1. Building Automation System: a. System ID or Nameplate: Orange b. Text: Yellow c. Cable Jacket: Orange with Yellow C. Provide Division 26 systems color coding as follows: 1. Center Hung Cable Tray (tips): a. System ID: Per associated Section 2. Wiring Devices and Wall Plates: a. System ID: Per associated Section 3. Lighting Control Systems: a. System ID or Nameplate: Gray b. Text: White c. Cable Jacket: Gray with White 4. Miscellaneous Control: a. System ID or Nameplate: Gray b. Text: Yellow c. Cable Jacket: Gray with Yellow D. Provide Division 27 systems color coding as follows: 1. Structured Cabling: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: 1) OF Multimode Orange 2) OF Multimode Aqua 3) OF Singlemode Yellow 4) Copper backbone Gray 5) Horizontal cable Blue b. Nameplate /Text: Per EIA/TIA c. Raceway: Yellow 2. [Voice][Telephone]: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: 1) Copper backbone Gray 2) Horizontal cable Yello b. Nameplate /Text: Per EIA/TIA c. Raceway /Innerduct: Blue 3. Public Address: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: Gray GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 6 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 b. Nameplate: c. Text: d. Raceway: 4. [ Audio- Visual][Television][Video]: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: b. Nameplate: c. Text: d. Raceway: 5. Intercom: a. b. c. d. System ID /Cable Jacket: Nameplate: Text: Raceway: Dark White White TP Purple or Coax Dark Brown Yellow Black Gray Light Black White E. Provide Division 28 systems color coding as follows: 1. Security: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: Green b. Nameplate: Dark c. Text: White d. Raceway: Yellow 2. Door Monitoring and Access Control: a. System ID /Cable Jacket: Yellow b. Nameplate: Dark c. Text: Yellow d. Raceway /Innerduct: Yellow 3. Fire Alarm: a. b. c. d. System ID /Cable Jacket: Nameplate: Text: Raceway: 3.2 INSTALLATION Red Red Whit Red A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. Use Drawing nomenclature unless otherwise directed. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self- Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach nonadhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 7 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceway Systems and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or raceway. Place adjacent bands of two -color markings in contact, side by side. G. Box and Equipment Identification: Attach to box or enclosure cover in location with high visibility. H. Color- Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed in Division 26 Section "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables (100 -600 Volts)" for ungrounded [service, feeder, and branch - circuit] conductors. 1. Field- Applied, Color- Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half - lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. I. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. J. Underground Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground- line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches (400 mm) overall. K. Painted Identification: Prepare surface and apply paint according to Division 09 painting Sections. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Raceway Systems and Cables Identification: 1. Accessible Raceways, AC and MC Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 amperes: Identify with self adhesive vinyl label per NEC electrical distribution branch color coding including identification label. Install at box and conduit fittings within 12 inches, each side of joints, and at bushed conduits. 2. Accessible Raceways and Cables of Division 23 through 28 Systems: Identify the systems with preprinted identification label, self adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands per color coding. Install at box and conduit fittings within 12 inches, each side of joints, and at bushed conduits. a. Exception: No identification required for raceways and cable with readily identifiable terminations within the same room. B. Box Identification: 1. Color- coded, field painting: Initial color -coded field painting of inside of system boxes and enclosures is allowable for Contractor identifications during wiring GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEL Project #16064 July 15, 2016 installation. 2. Wiring Identification: Identify Division 21 -28 system or panelboard, circuit number, and load on outside of box cover with self adhesive vinyl labels. a. For finished areas or exterior areas, locate identification inside box cover. C. Conductor Identification: 1. Branch - Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use marker tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. 2. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source and circuit number. 3. Pull wires in Empty Raceways: Tag pull wires at each end and in each intermediate box, manhole, or other enclosure identifying other end location using metal tags. 4. Division 23 through 28 Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field- installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. a. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals within boxes, enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. b. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory - installed connections. c. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. D. Device Wall Plate Identification: 1. Device Wall Plate Identification: Engrave plates below with 1/8 inch high black uppercase letters. 2. All Emergency Red NEMA 5 -15R and 5 -20R receptacles shall be labeled with self- adhesive typed label with the following branch circuit source information: a. "EMERGENCY." b. Panelboard number. c. Circuit number. d. Example: "EMERGENCY /ILSL1 -3." 3. Other than NEMA 5 -15R and 5 -20R receptacles shall be labeled with self - adhesive typed label with the following: a. Voltage. b. Number of phases. c. Current rating. d. Example: "208/3P/50A." 4. Receptacles protected upstream on associated branch circuit by a ground fault circuit interrupter device shall be laser or mechanically/ engraved "GFCI PROTECTED." 5. Switch used as equipment or motor disconnect shall be laser or mechanically engraved "Disconnect/ (Device Designation)" (i.e. "Disconnect /lce Machine ", "Disconnect /D4- EFOI ", etc.). GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 6. Special systems /communication systems devices (i.e. firephone receptacles) shall be laser or mechanically engraved designating device type per Owner representative requirements (i.e. FIREPHONE, DATA, EKG, TEL, TV, etc.). 7. 4 -gang and larger multiple switch installations shall be laser or mechanically engraved with designating lighting type and /or area (i.e. Night Light, North, etc.) 8. Wiring device circuit identification for NEMA 5 -15R and NEMA 5 -20R receptacles and all switches other than emergency use [red] NEMA 5 -15R and 5- 20R receptacles: Use box wiring identification self - adhesive labels on back of wall plate. E. Warning Tapes, Labels, and Signs: 1. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground- line warning tape for both direct - buried cables and cables in raceway. 2. Warning Labels for Identification for Branch Circuit Ungrounded Conductors: Install at all branch circuit panelboards, cabinets, and enclosures per NFPA 70. Provide black text on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access generally. For flush mounted panelboards in finished spaces, install on inside of protective device door. a. For 208/120 volt systems, lines and text shall be: 1) "208/120 VOLT SYSTEM" 2) "PHASE A — BLACK" 3) "PHASE B — RED" 4) "PHASE C — BLUE" b. For 480/277 volt systems, lines and text shall be: 1) "480/277 VOLT SYSTEM" 2) "PHASE A — BROWN" 3) "PHASE B — ORANGE" 4) "PHASE C — YELLOW" 3. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following texts: a. Low Voltage Room Door Sign: "DANGER- ELECTRICAL HAZARD — AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY ". b. Service Disconnect Sign: "SERVICE DISCONNECT." c. Generator Disconnect Sign: "GENERATOR XX DISCONNECT." d. Fire Pump Disconnect Sign: "FIRE PUMP DISCONNECT." e. Multiple Power Source Warning (locate at each service and generator disconnect equipment): "DANGER — ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD — EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES. STANDBY POWER SOURCE LOCATED IN SERVICE YARD OF BUILDING." f. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self - adhesive warning labels. Identify system voltage with black text on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1) Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to front of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GET Project #16064 July 15, 2016 a) Transfer switches. b) Controls with external control power connections. g. Fused and Non -Fused Motor Disconnect Switches: Install baked enamel warning sign with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch high lettering with the following designation — "DANGER, DO NOT USE TO START OR STOP MOTOR. USE FOR ISOLATION ONLY." h. Back -Fed Switches and Circuit Breakers: Where switches and devices such as knife switches, circuit breakers, molded -case switches, and contracots are installed such that the load side of the switch device could energize with the seitch open due to back feeding, provide a warning plate with the wording "WARNING —LOAD SIDE OF SWITCH MAY BE ENERGIZED BY BACKFEED ", shall be installed on the switch. Arc Flash Hazard Warning: Per NFPA 70 requirements. F. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. 2. Emergency Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8 -inch- (10 -mm -) high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. 3. Electrical Assembly Single -Line: Install at end of assembly or as otherwise located on Drawings. G. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of self - adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label on each major unit of electrical equipment in building, including central or master unit of each electrical system. This includes communication/signal /alarm systems, unless unit is specified with its own self - explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text in field designating the equipment served. Utilize NEC electrical distribution branch color coded field and lettering for equipment connected. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. Electrical equipment nameplates shall also designate line side source (i.e. FED FROM: " " ROOM # " ") in smaller than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) text. Smaller nameplate text may be used where adequate nameplate mounting space is not available, but in no case shall the text be smaller than 1/8 -inch (3.2 mm). Apply labels mechanically with machine screws or pop rivets for each unit of the following categories of electrical equipment and those scheduled on Drawings for electrical equipment and panelboard designations. Transfer switches shall include similar emergency and normal fed from and load identification text. a. Automatic transfer switch. b. Battery chargers. c. Boxes (Pull, Junction, or Branch . Circuit) when given specific designation on drawings. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 11 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 d. e. f. g. h. J. k. 1. Communication /special systems cabinets and backboards. Contactors. Control devices. Dimming racks and panels. Disconnect switches. Distribution panelboards protective devices. Emergency generator set. Emergency generator control system relays and protective devices. Fire alarm system field processing units, terminal cabinets, peripheral relay modules, fire phone cabinets and monitor and control addressable remote duct detector test stations. m. Generator tool kit cabinets. n. Ground buses and terminal bars. o. Metering equipment. 1) Designate motor function (i. p. Motor controllers. 1) Designate motor function (i. a) Manual transfer switc Other systems. Panelboards. Security panels. Separately mounted motor controllers. Single -pole switches and fractional horsepower manual starters used for motor disconnect switch. v. Spare fuse cabinet. w. Surge protection devices. x. Switchboards and associated protective devices. y. Separately mounted circuit breakers. z. Standard telecommunication system. aa. Transfer switch. bb. Transformers. 2. Refer to appropriate sections for other identification marking requirements and nomenclature. 3. Attach identification after finish painting. q. r. s. t. u. e. "CW Pump P-1"), not "P -1." e. "CW Pump P-1"), not "P -1." h. H. Component Identification Labels: 1. Apply component identification labels to distribution panelboard and switchboard: a. Assembly Nameplate: Apply per equipment identification label requirements except 1 -inch (80 mm) identification text. b. Cubicle Label: Apply 1/2 -inch (40 mm) black text on white plate identifying left -to- right number with 1/4 -inch (20 mm) black text below identification section type(s): 1) Pull. 2) Main Circuit Breaker. 3) Utility Metering. 4) Customer Metering. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 12 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEL Project #16064 July 15, 2016 5) Transformer # XX. 6) Distribution #XX. 7) Main Lugs. 8) Transition. 9) Transfer Switch. 10) Battery. 11) Panelboard. 12) Circuit Breaker. 13) Spare. 14) Space. 15) Motor Controller. c. Protective Device Load Label: Apply 1/4 -inch (20 mm) text on plate per system color coding identifying load served. d. Miscellaneous Component Labels: Apply 1/4 -inch (20 mm) black text on white plate identifying components and instruments mounted on front or within the assembly such as relays, fuses, switches, terminal blocks. I. Above Ceiling Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Apply adhesive dot labels to nearest exposed ceiling grid or associated access panel latch for the following above ceiling equipment: a. System type occupancy sensor control and relay units. b. Fire alarm addressable relay. c. Remote lighting ballast. d. Power supply. e. Strategic termination box enclosure. f. Data location: 1) Wireless access point. 2) Camera (IP) location. 3) Projection unit. g. Card access controller. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 53 - 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement SECTION 26 28 70 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: GEI No.16064 July 15, 2016 A. Extent of motor and circuit disconnect switch work is indicated by drawings, schedules, and code requirements. B. Types of motor and circuit disconnect switches in this section including the following: 1. Equipment disconnects. 2. Appliance disconnects. 3. Motor - circuit disconnects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Siemens 3. Square D Company 4. Cutler - Hammer 2.2 DISCONNECTED SWITCHES: A. General -Duty Disconnect Switches: Provide surface - mounted, general -duty type, sheet steel enclosed switches, of types, sizes, and electrical characteristics indicated; rated 240 volts, 200 amperes and below, 60 hertz, with blades and poles as indicated in drawings; incorporating spring assisted, quick -make, quick - break switches which are so constructed that switch blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure base and whose position is easily recognizable, and is capable of being padlocked in OFF position. Construct current carrying parts of high- conductivity copper, with silver - tungsten type switch contacts, and stamped enclosure knockouts. Provide type enclosure suitable for the application. Use NEMA 3R for all outdoor applications. B. Heavy -Duty Safety Switches: Provide surface - mounted, heavy -duty type, sheet steel enclosed safety switches, of types, sizes and electrical characteristics GRINER ENGINEERING INC. Section 26 28 70 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI No.16064 July 15, 2016 indicated; fusible type, rated 600 volts, 400 amperes and below, 60 hertz, blades and poles as indicated in drawings, solid neutral; incorporating quick -make, quick -break type switches; so construct that switch blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure base and whose position is easily recognizable, and is padlockable in OFF position; construct current carrying parts of high- conductivity copper, with silver- tungsten type switch contacts, and positive pressure type reinforced fuse clips. Provide NEMA type 3R enclosure for outdoor. C. Fuses: Provide fuses for safety switches, as recommended by switch manufacturer, of classes, types, and ratings needed to fulfill electrical requirements for service indicated. Provide fuses to match equipment label requirements when fuse information is furnished as part of the equipment label. D. Provide electrical interlock kits for all disconnects serving variable frequency drives. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. Install motor and circuit disconnect switches where required by code, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation ", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate motor and circuit disconnect switch installation work with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper interface. C. Install disconnect switches used with motor - driven appliances, and motors and controllers within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. D. Mount disconnect switches securely. Use stainless steel or silicon bronze fasteners for mounting outdoor switches. E. Where building walls or equipment frames do not provide suitable mounting surface, provide galvanized unistrut frames or racks which will securely support the disconnect switch. Indoor frames may be painted unistrut frames. END OF SECTION 26 28 70 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. Section 26 28 70 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 SECTION 26 05 75 CONDUIT ROUGH -IN SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Conduit Rough -In Systems and pathways for communication and signaling systems cabling and boxes including all work incidental thereto as shown on Drawings and specified. B. Requirements of the following Sections and Drawings apply to this Section: 1. Division 06 for plywood equipment backboards. 2. Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for general firestopping requirements. 3. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for general wall sealants. 4. Architectural Drawings and Specifications for locations of the resistance rated barriers and smoke barriers. 5. Division 20 Section "Common Work Results, Division 21 through 28" apply to this Section. C. Requirements of the following Division 26 Sections apply to this Section: 1. Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements." 2. Section "Basic Materials and Methods." 3. Section "Raceways." 4. Section "Sleeves and Fire -Rated Cable Assemblies." 5. Section "Boxes and Cabinets." 6. Section "Wiring Devices." 7. Section "Electrical Identification." 8. Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 9. Section "Panelboards." 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following Standards 1. ANSI/EIA /TIA — 568B: 2. ANSI/EIA/TIA — 569B: 3. ANSI /EIA /TIA — 606A: 4. ANSI -J- STD - 607 -A: 5. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 568-2001: and Codes: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings Commercial Building Grounding, Earthing and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 6. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 7. All addenda, technical service bulletins, etc., associated with the above reference standards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Pathway: Routing of cabling from work area outlet box to telecommunications room. Pathways may consist of outlet boxes, cabinets, surface raceways, conduit, conduit stub, conduit sleeve(s), cable tray, J- Hooks, etc. where system cabling will be run. B. Rough -In: Preparation for system(s) cabling and equipment installations. C. System Cabling: Low voltage signal and control cabling. System cabling is designated by the manufacturer for a particular system in each specification section. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate all requirements of the Owner's and manufacturer's representatives for all room preparation, pathways and specific rough -in installation requirements, including associated sizing, location and labeling, for the following systems: 1. Division 23 Systems: a. Instrumentation and Control for HVAC. 2. Division 25 Systems: a. Integrated Facility Control. 3. Division 26 Systems: a. Automatic Line Voltage Lighting Control Equipment. b. Lighting Dimming. c. Wallbox Preset Dimming. 4. Division 27 Systems: a. Structured Telecommunications Cabling. b. Broadband Television Distribution c. Audio Visual Cabling. 5. Division 28 Systems: a. Fire Alarm. b. Access Control / Intrusion Detection. c. Protective Services CCTV Distribution. d. Video Surveillance. B. Coordinate equipment backboard installations including: 1. Meet Owner's and manufacturer's representative layout requirements. 2. Ensurance that installer: a. Provides spacers between wall and backboard to support and locate intended equipment. b. Locates backboard 6 inches above finish floor level around room. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEl Project #16064 July 15, 2016 c. Paints backboard white on all sides with appropriate print. d. Allows for flush rough -in of wiring devices. e. Allows for cable management and slots behind backboards. f. Allows for signal grounding installation per Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Coordinate sleeves and fire -rated cable assemblies for pathways and cable per Division 26 Section "Sleeves." 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract, Division 01 Specification Sections, and Division 26 Section "Basic Division 26 Requirements ". 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Provide per "Basic Division 26 Requirements" Include: 1. Details for all identified systems equipment rooms including, but not limited to those rooms labeled: a. Cable Pull. b. Communications. c. Data. d. Network. e. MDF. f. Server. g. Tel/Data. h. Telecommunications. 2. Floor plans for each system local equipment room service area depicting: a. Cabling pathways, color coding and field equipment, identification labels. b. Specific equipment, outlet and patching identification labels. 3. Sign -offs of Owner's and manufacturer's representatives for each document submitted. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Documents: 1. Submit updated Coordination Drawings as Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Flush wall mounted 4 -11/16 inches square, 3 -5/8" deep pressed galvanized steel minimum. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 3 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1. Utilize 4- 11/16" square, 2 -1/8" deep backbox with 4- 11/16" square, 1 -1/2" deep extension ring to meet backbox depth requirement; if 3 -1/2" deep box not available. 2. Provide plastic bushings at grommet of outlet box where open cabling installation is allowed to directly enter outlet box (in ceiling spaces). B. Mullion Mounted Devices: 1. Flush backbox or open ring as recommended by device manufacturer for installation in metal door frame /aluminum door frame as shown on Drawings. 2. Coordinate installation and conduit access with door frame and door hardware manufacturer's for cabling routing and connectivity. C. Cable Bushings: 1. Bush cable opening for device boxes without conduit stubs. 2.2 PLASTER COVER A. Single gang, galvanized steel, for single gang device. B. Two gang, galvanized steel, for two -gang device. 1. Provide steel barrier for devices requiring power and low voltage device to be mounted in same backbox. 2.3 COVER PLATES A. Same material, finish and color as for wiring devices. Refer to Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices." B. Single gang for single device with appropriate opening, split plate, etc. for device to be installed. C. Two gang for combination NEMA 5 receptacle and communications /device with appropriate openings for receptacle and opening, split plate, etc. for device to be installed. D. Two gang as required for system outlets. E. Device opening shall be bushed one -inch when used for wire pull. F. Blank as shown on Drawings or when single device type not used. 2.4 RACEWAYS A. Refer to Division 26 Section "Raceways" for requirements. Provide with insulated throats and bushings on all conduit runs, stubs and sleeves. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 2.5 SLEEVES A. Refer to Division 07 and Division 26 Section "Sleeves" for firestopping requirements. 2.6 CABLE J -HOOKS A. Metallic J -hook bracket (1 -1/2" wide) with cable retainer or Velcro strap, ceiling or support rod mounted. 1. Provide system manufacturer recommended fasteners. B. Category 6 compliant. C. Acceptable Manufacturers /Series: 1. Caddy Cat. 32 Series. 2. B -Line BCH32 Series. 3. Or Approved Equivalent. 2.7 EQUIPMENT BACKBOARDS A. Refer to Division 06 for plywood equipment backboard requirements. 2.8 CABLE DISTRIBUTION SPOOLS FOR BACKBOARDS A. Fire - Retardant, high strength composite material. B. 1 -1/2" length. C. Promotes compliance with T568B bend radius (4 x cable diameter) 2.9 CABINETS AND COMMUNICATION RACKS A. Refer to Division 26 Section "Boxes and Cabinets" for cabinet requirements. B. Refer to Division 27 Section "Communications Cabinets and Racks" for communications type rack assemblies. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT AND PATHWAYS APPLICATIONS A. Conduit Raceways (completely enclosed wiring): 1. Shall be used for separate and independent horizontal system cabling routing for each of the following systems: a. Division 26 Systems: GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 9 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 1) Automatic Line Voltage Lighting Control Equipment. 2) Lighting Dimming. 3) Wallbox Preset Dimming. b. Division 27 Systems: 1) Broadband Television Distribution. 2) Structured Telecommunications Cabling. 3) Audio Visual Cabling. c. Division 28 Systems: 1) Fire Alarm. 2) Access Control / Intrusion Detection. 3) Video Surveillance. 2. Shall be used for: a. Systems backbone and trunk risers. b. Systems outlet boxes to accessible ceiling. c. Systems outlet boxes to accessible corridor ceiling. d. Systems outlet boxes to cable tray termination. B. J — Hooks: 1. Shall be used for separate and independent cabling routing for each of the following systems: a. Division 28 Systems: 1) Fire Alarm. 2) Access Control / Intrusion Detection. 3) Protective Services CCTV Distribution. 4) Video Surveillance. 2. Shall be used for area horizontal ceiling space corridor cabling for the following systems: a. Division 23 Systems: 1) Instrumentation and Control for HVAC. b. Division 25 Systems: 1) Integrated Facility Control. c. Division 26 Systems: 1) Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 2) Automatic Line Voltage Lighting Control Equipment. 3) Lighting Dimming. 4) Wallbox Preset Dimming. d. Division 27 Systems: 1) Broadband Television Distribution. 2) Structured Telecommunications Cabling. 3) Audio Visual Cabling. e. Division 28 Systems: 1) Fire Alarm. 2) Access Control / Intrusion Detection. 3) Protective Services CCTV Distribution. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 4) Video Surveillance. 3. Shall be used for: a. Equipment room backboard cable management. b. Accessible ceiling cabling not installed in other pathways. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install all pathways in accordance with EIA /TIA 569A Standards, associated addenda and technical service bulletins and per manufacturer's requirements. a. Install all pathways in a safe, neat, professional, workmanlike manner. b. Coordinate size of pathways such that EIA /TIA maximum fill requirements are not exceeded for that raceway size at 40% fill maximum. 2. Provide pathways to conceal all cabling in the facility except where specifically indicated otherwise. 3. Coordinate pathway installation such that it is independently supported. 4. Install all pathways parallel and perpendicular to building lines and tight to structure. Install pathways such that multiple cabling runs to the same geographic location will utilize similar pathway routing to destination point. 5. Route cabling pathways to the system equipment room from indicated zone or as shown on Drawings. In general, provide system outlet box pathways to the equipment room on the same floor to a system cabinet or identified equipment. 6. Install pathways to avoid elevator shafts, elevator equipment rooms or any areas that contain or store hazardous materials. 7. Install pathways to avoid sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) for all pathways. a. Maintain one foot minimum from fluorescent lighting (ballast). b. Maintain four foot minimum from all transformers. c. Maintain ten foot minimum from electrical power cabling or distribution panels exceeding 480 volts. d. Maintain one foot minimum from electrical power cabling. e. Maintain two inch minimum from electrical power cabling less than 220 volts. f Shorten distances if sufficient EMI isolation is provided and given prior approval by engineer. 8. Avoid routing pathways in areas subject to excessive environmental conditions. Acceptable conditions are: a. Temperature range: 5 °C — 50 °C. b. Relative humidity range: 5% - 95 %. 9. Install raceway and equipment identifications per Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." Label all pathways and associated termination points. a. Provide system identifying nameplate centered on main trunk riser boxes, equipment backboards, ground buses, and cabinets (i.e. DATACOM, CCTV, etc.). b. Identify fiber optic labeling risers installed in ENT or Innerduct GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 11 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 every 10 feet on center "Fiber Optic Cabling." B. Outlet Boxes: 1. General: a. Install systems outlets flush in new wall construction. b. Do not install backboxes back -to -back. 1) Maintain a minimum of 12" separation. 2) Maintain a minimum of 24" separation in fire -rated walls. c. Mount outlets alongside associated power receptacles where applicable. d. Mount all outlet boxes vertically, unless otherwise noted. e. Install raceway to avoid obstructions in the field such as molding, built -in cabinets, wiring devices, etc. f. Install blank coverplates where device type is not installed. Coordinate such locations with the appropriate systems representatives, and the Owner. C. Raceways: 1. Refer to Division 26 Section "Raceways" for basic routing and installation requirements. 2. Furnish and install trunk riser raceways, junction boxes, outlet box raceways and outlet boxes as specified and shown on Drawings. 3. Stub trunk riser and extend system outlet box raceways into accessible ceiling space. 4. Stub trunk riser and extend system outlet box raceways into accessible corridor ceiling space. 5. Stub trunk riser and extend system outlet box raceways into accessible corridor ceiling and terminate at cable tray system. 6. Provide cap for all conduit stubs and cover for outlet boxes to eliminate debris from entering boxes or conduits. Remove any debris found in conduits or outlet boxes upon cable installation. 7. Provide a dedicated conduit for cable installation for each Division 27 structured telecommunications cabling system outlet box. These outlet boxes shall not be connected together with conduit between boxes. 8. Provide minimum outlet box conduit size and conduit sleeve size at 1 inch. a. Use chart below for minimum conduit size requirements based on maximum 40% fill for indicated quantity of cables. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 Inside Diameter mm Trade Size Cable Outside Diameter mm (in) 3.3 4.6 5.6 6.1 7.4 7.9 9.4 13.5 15.8 17.8 (0.13) (0.18) (0.22) (0.24) (0.29) (0.31) (0.37) (0.53) (0.62) (0.70) 21 3/4 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 0 0 0 27 1 8 8 7 6 3 3 2 1 0 0 35 1 -1/4 16 14 12 10 6 4 3 1 1 1 41 1 -1/2 20 18 16 15 7 6 4 2 1 1 53 2 30 26 22 20 14 12 7 4 3 2 63 2 -1/2 45 40 36 30 17 14 12 6 3 3 78 3 70 60 50 40 20 20 17 7 6 6 91 3 -1/2 22 12 7 6 103 4 30 14 12 7 9. Mark each conduit end for identification and destination of raceway. 10. Install all raceways such that the cabling manufacturer's minimum bend radius is not exceeded. 11. Furnish and install 200 pound test, braided nylon pullcords in all conduits and as shown on Drawings. Label all pullcords. 12. Provide complete conduit systems in areas with non - accessible ceilings for all cable systems. 13. Utilize surface raceway in finished areas where cabling cannot be concealed. 14. Feed multi - channel surface raceway, where shown on Drawings, with one (1) conduit for special outlets and one (1) conduit for power to feed multiple outlets. Refer to ANSUEIA /TIA 569 -A and NFPA 70 for conduit size requirements. 15. Special Fiber Optic Raceways: a. Install backbone fiber optic cabling in plenum rated ENT (innerduct) raceway per Division 26 Section "Raceways." Install ENT in cable tray if available, using proper connectors and fittings. 16. Provide conduit segment length at no more than 100 feet with a maximum of two 90 degree bends. Additional junction /pull boxes shall be installed to allow more bends or length of conduit. Refer to EIA/TIA 569A. Coordinate location to nearby cable spool or cable management device. 17. Install telecommunications raceways to within six inches of equipment backboards, data racks and termination units. a. Coordinate location and termination to cable management device. 18. Provide a minimum of 10 -inch inside curve radius of conduits for each 1- inch in diameter of installed conduit. D. J -Hook Installation: 1. Provide independent J -hook pathways per system where cable tray is not shown, (minimum of 4 J -hooks mounted horizontally) in accessible ceiling space mounted a maximum of 4 and 5 feet on center. Mount pathway level, GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 13 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 July 15, 2016 tight to structure and allow accessible installation of cabling. 2. Furnish and install single mounted J -hooks from individual conduits serving outlet boxes, mounted 4 feet on center maximum. 3. Ensure cabling is supported properly and cable does not sag or droop in excess of 8" from between supports. E. Cable Distribution Spools: 1. Install distribution cable spools (mushrooms) on equipment backboards to allow cable support /routing. Mount spools along edge of boards, 6 inches from each corner and 1 foot on center, minimum. 3.3 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Post copy of appropriate systems record drawings in local equipment room as required by Owner representatives. Hang set on equipment backboard using proper anchoring techniques. END OF SECTION 26 05 75 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 26 05 75 - 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) INSTRUCTIONS 2 PAGES REQUEST TO REQUISITION FORM 3 PAGES ASBESTOS REPORT - GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL 6 PAGES APPLICATION TO QUALIFY FOR BIDDING CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION PROJECT FORM 3 PAGES BRIGHT HOUSE EVENT SCHED 1 PAGE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Instructions 1. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (PO) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 2. Contractor shall submit a list (ODP Summary) of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for consideration prior to initial pay application. Certain bid proposals will list pre- determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost and (b) sales tax savings associated with the item. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. 3. Contractor shall prepare Request to Requisition forms (see attached) for each vendor to the City for review and approval, in electronic, MS Word format. The City will review, code, and process the requisition form. The City prefers that all Request to Requisitions be included in a single submittal. 4. A Change Order (CO) shall be issued to Contractor reducing their PO by the amount of the ODP purchase(s) and the sales tax savings (per Request to Requisitions). COs will be drafted by the City and will be forwarded to the Contractor for execution. Contractor shall submit two (2) originals, signed, sealed and witnessed, to the City for execution. One fully executed original CO shall be returned to the Contractor. 5. Concurrently, the City Purchasing Department shall issue ODP POs directly to each vendor (via email), along with an executed Certificate of Entitlement and the City's Certificate of Tax Exemption. The Contractor and City Project Manager will be copied. 6. City's Project Manager shall coordinate delivery with Contractor and Vendor. Material shall be delivered to the project site. Contractor will verify contents and check for defective materials. Vendor to send original invoice to the City as the purchaser and a copy to the Contractor. Invoices shall include the ODP PO number and invoice number. 7. Contractor shall review invoice copy for accuracy and send electronic approval to the City Project Manager within fourteen (14) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice. This electronic approval shall consist of the Contractor's signature, date, and indication of approval on the scanned invoice as well as scanned copies of the delivery documentation or an explanation as to why the invoice should not be paid. These items shall be emailed to the City Project Manager and City Engineering Department's Senior Accountant, copy to Construction Inspector. 8. Contractor shall provide delivery documentation (delivery ticket, packing slips, bill of lading, etc.) in hard copy form to the City Project Manager attached to a copy of the invoice within thirty (30) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice. If these hard copy items are delivered within fourteen (14) calendar days after date of receipt of invoice, then electronic approval as noted in paragraph seven (7) above may be excused. 9. City Project Manager shall have final approval to pay invoices and City Accounting Department shall issue payment to the Vendor for materials or equipment received. 10. ODP POs must be closed out prior to closing out the contract /Contractor PO. If material costs needed for the project exceed the ODP PO amount, the ODP PO will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP PO will be paid for by the Contractor. REQUEST TO REQUISITION FORM For Owner Direct Purchase Materials City Project Name: General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address: City /State /Zip: Receiving Location (Ship to): (Proje Street Address: City /State /Zip: en eral Contractor. Contact Name: ate Needed by: City Contract #: G Location) ntact Name: Phone No: Email: Attention: (Company Name) Phone No: Phone No: L•' Expense Code: (City will complete) (refer to Line Item # and details from Bidder's Propos, Section,V) LS PO Total LS Sales Tax Savings to Owner (First $5,000 x 7.0 %, thereafter Sales Tax Rate is 6.0 %) Equipment shall be in accordance with the applicable technical specifications, :and all other applicable provisions (shop drawings,;0&Ms, warranties, etc:,) of contract referenced above; Spare parts provided as per specifications; Frei li included. Start up services and training; are included in the above price, if provided for in bid, Special Delivery Instructions Send Original Invoices to: Send Copy of Invoice to: City of Clearwater Engineering Department PROJECT MANAGER NAME P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 CONTRACTOR Attention To: Ming Address Phone'ailNumber Approving Official (City of Clearwater Representative) Signature: Print Name: Title: Date: Engineering will provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program and State Retention Schedules. 1 1 1 June ezo,s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CEGreenfield Environmental City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation Department Mr. Leroy Chin 100 South Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 RE: REVISED PRE - RENOVATION ASBESTOS SURVEYS AT SELECT AREAS OF BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD IN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Dear Mr. Chin: Surveys for asbestos - containing materials (ACMs) were conducted on May 30 and June 6, 2016 by EPA accredited inspector Eric Caplan of Greenfield Environmental, Inc. (GE) at select areas of the above - mentioned structure. The purpose of these asbestos surveys were to identify asbestos containing materials at the above - mentioned area prior to upcoming renovation activities. The sampling was conducted for EPA NESHAP compliance prior to renovation activities. GE is a Florida Licensed Asbestos Consulting Firm with a corresponding license number of ZA- 0000268. The sampling was performed in accordance with the requirements of Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 763 for suspect ACMs. The EPA regulations require that sample locations be randomly selected. All suspect asbestos - containing materials and PACM (materials presumed to contain asbestos under the OSHA Asbestos Rule, 29 CFR 1910) were identified. The samples collected from the areas were labeled and transported to Air Quality Environmental, Inc. for analysis. Air Quality Environmental, Inc. is a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program ( NVLAP) accredited laboratory (NVLAP No. 200759 -0). Bright House Field was observed to be a baseball complex with several adjoining office areas and public terrace areas. The HVAC system throughout the complex consisted of sheet metal ductwork and metal flexduct. Exterior finishes consisted of rolled roofing materials and EIFS wall finish material. The scope of work for this survey is limited to the stadium roof, EIFS material at select terrace wall areas, HVAC system, stadium boiler and holding tank, and painting projects focused on exterior stairwell railings, concourse overhangs, select exterior doors, exterior fencing, batters eye structure, foul poles, outfield bridge railings, marquis sign pole, backstop poles, second level railings and overhangs, and select galvanized metal water lines and fire lines. 432 3rd Street North, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 • Phone: 727.896.1266 • Fax: 727.896.1566 A total of the twenty one (21) samples were collected from the above mentioned areas. The laboratory analytical results indicated that none of the materials sampled contained asbestos in amounts greater than one percent (1 %). As such, no specialized asbestos handling or disposal techniques are required prior to or during repair /renovation activities. Please see the attached Summary of Laboratory Analysis for analytical results and sample locations. GE is pleased to have been of assistance to you on this project and we look forward to working with you in the future. If you have any questions or if we can be of any further service, please do not hesitate to call us at (727) 896 -1266. Sincerely, GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. Eric Caplan Michael W. Rothenburg, PE EPA Accredited Inspector Florida Licensed Asbestos onsultant #1109201501 #EA- 0000041 1051 -1100 JRASLetter Revised 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - SELECT AREAS LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Homo. Area Sample Number Description) Location Asbestos Content Friability Condition Approx. Quantity 01 01 02 03 Gray Rolled Roofing Material Over Black Mastic Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Good 02 04 05 06 White Mastic on Pillar Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non Friable Good 03 07 08 09 Black Mastic on Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 04 10 11 12 Gray Mastic on Metal Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Good 05 13 14 15 Tan EIFS Material Located at Select Terrace Area Walls No Asbestos Detected Friable Good 06 16 17 18 White Mastic on Flex Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 07 19 20 21 White Insulation Material at Water Lines Connected to Holding Tank and Water Heater Located at Facilities Boiler Room No Asbestos Detected Friable Good CERTIFICATIONS NM E OM • MN OM r M all r I— I RN ON M -- I Verve, R,okerts wVi rowv .e to L Tra im,i.vtg, f vt,G, -1 }h. Asbestos Surf , Meohas caL (ivtispec.tar) t t(,t,a1 TrGt iv\ L .g TieaLikLvt..3 was %vt aczor-aance w%t'rt Tit Le r, c `? -SCA, 40 CFR Part y-63. app Date of ExCi tL at;.ov 11. i '.. O15 N to of CourSe: 1t /2015- 1.1 /1 / :2015 Fx?1, Rtio1 Tate. 1i/`3 =`2010 Certtfi cite # 11OQ 0k501 Course # FL4 000&v3iS over # LL.- 90003 10 f1 st riA. ato STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET TALLAHASSEE FL 32399 -0783 GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL INC MICHAEL ROTHENBURG 432 3RD STREET NORTH ST. PETERSBURG FL 33701 Congratulations! With this license you become one of the nearly one million Floridians licensed by the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. Our professionals and businesses range from architects to yacht brokers, from boxers to barbeque restaurants, and they keep Florida's economy strong. Every day we work to improve the way we do business in order to serve you better. For information about our services, please log onto www.myfloridalicense.com. There you can find more information about our divisions and the regulations that impact you, subscribe to department newsletters and learn more about the Department's initiatives. Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly strive to serve you better so that you can serve your customers. Thank you for doing business in Florida, and congratulations on your new license! RICK SCOTT,-GOVERNOR DETACH HERE (850) 487 -1395 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFE EGULATION ZA0000268 '° ` .09/10/2015 ASBESTOS. B GREENFIELD MICHAEL RO1':: STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBE,TOS LICENSING UNIT IS LICENSED under the praulsion9 of Ch.489 FS: Exp'ratiat date . NOV 30:201T. Lt509100002639' KEN- LAWSON SECRET - -- 0002268 The ASBESTOS BUSINESS ORGANIZATION Named below IS LICENSED Under provisions of Chapter 469 FS. Expiritidirt date :: NOV -30. 2017 GREENEI€LO ENVIRONME MICHAEkROTI'IEN 43 2 3RD STREET I� ST: :PETER ISSUED: 09/10)2015 DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW SEQ # L1509100002639 0 Clearwater Instructions to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects In order to be eligible to bid for City of Clearwater construction projects a contractor must be prequalified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division. The purpose of pre - qualification is to provide the City with reasonable assurance that your organization has the financial assets, resources, work force and work experience to successfully complete construction contract agreements with the City. If your company is interested in becoming prequalified or wishes to reapply for pre - qualification, please fill out the attached application. In order for your application to be considered complete and begin the approval process you will need to submit all of the following items with your application: • A current financial statement completed within the past year (City policy dictates that we return this item to you after the approval process is completed. We do not make copies or retain this financial information. If you submit electronically the file will be deleted following approval.) • Three letters of reference, on the owner's letterhead, written within the past three years, that includes the contractor's performance on a specific project. The letter should include a brief description of the project, start and end dates, dollar amount of contract and owner comments on the quality of workmanship and satisfaction of work completed. • A List of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project owner representative. • A copy of all current contractor licenses. Pre - qualification status lasts for three (3) years from approval date and is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category in conjunction with larger project work. Included in the application are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre- qualification approval. To receive approval in a particular construction category, your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's completed project list. In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources, and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient work force or insufficient resources will not be approved for pre - qualification or will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm pre - qualification status before a bid opening. Please return the application and submittal items to: Construction Specialist City of Clearwater Engineering P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758 -4748 Or e -mail to: Valerie .craiqamvclearwater.com If you have any questions during this process please contact the Construction Specialist at 727 - 562 -4509 or e-mail Valerie .craig(a�mvclearwater.com. KM 7/10/14 Application to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects Contractor Firm Name: Contact Person Name & Title: Mailing Address: City, State & Zip: Contact Phone Number: Fax Number: E -mail Address: Company Website: Type of Organization (Individual, Corporation, Partnership, etc.): Date organization began under present name: Other names and dates organization has existed as: List of Organization Leadership (President, Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer, Partners, etc.): References: 1 2 3 Contractor's License Number (attach copy): Individual Holding License: Issuing Authority: Classification of License: Number of Full time employees directly on applicants payroll: Present value and type of all construction and operational equipment directly owned by the applicant (Information may be obtained from most recent financial statement and include long term lease /purchase equipment): Value: Type: Has your firm ever failed to complete work awarded to you? If so, where and why? The information in this application and all attachments included with the application is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Organization Name: Print Name and Title: Signature: Date Signed: KM 7/10/14 1 1 1 1 t 1 • The pre - qualification to bid limitation is an amount of dollars equal to the amount of the largest single construction project which has been successfully completed by the Contractor. • This amount is limited to the particular construction categories in which the Contractor is approved to perform work. • The Contractor may request an adjustment after successfully completing larger construction projects or providing evidence where two or more similar projects were completed by the Contractor at the same time. The combined amount of these simultaneous projects may be more than the largest single project accomplished to increase your bid limit. This amount will be considered as the pre - qualification amount up to an amount equal to 150% of the largest single project amount. • Pre - qualification amounts and categories may be limited as warranted by the City's experience with the Contractor's construction projects. • Please attach a list of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project representative. Largest Single Project COMPLETED: Amount of Contract: Start and End Dates: Type of Work: Owner /Representative: Address: Phone Number: Email Address: • Pre - qualification is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category as part of larger project work. • To receive approval in a particular construction category your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's attached competed project list. • In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient workforce or resources will not be approved and will not receive pre - qualification in particular work categories. The following are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre - qualification approval. Asphaltic Concrete Resurfacing Landscape and Irrigation Bridge Construction and Modification Marine Construction Commercial Buildings Marine Dredging Commercial Swimming Pools Roadway and Parking Lot Construction Concrete Flat Work (curbs, walks, courts, etc.) Sanitary Pump Station Construction Management Services Sanitary and Storm Sewers Demolition Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work Design Build Stormwater Management Construction Electrical Tennis Courts Excavation /Site Work Traffic Signalization Fiber Optic Urban Streetscape Gunite Restoration Wastewater & Water Treatment Facilites Horizontal Directional Drilling Water and Force Mains Industrial Painting Well Construction Other: Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning X KM 7/10/14 DATE 2016 EVENT Calendar of Events Bright House Field AREA TIME STAFF NOTES JUNE Thur 6/2 Clearwater High Graduation BHF 7:30 PM Kemp Sat 6/4 Military Night Softball Pre-Game BHF Madden Sat 6/11 Vantage Point Title Picnic BHF 200 Kemp Mon 6/27 102,5 The Bone Career Fair Media Room 3:00-6:00 PM Sipe/Kemp JULY Tues 7/12 All Star Watch Party - Season Tick Suites/Big Shark 7:00 PM AUGUST Sat 8/6 Threshers Hot Dog 5K Tiki Bar 4:30 PM Kemp pre-game Mon 8/22 Threshers Golf Tournament East Lake Woodlands 12:30 PM OCTOBER Sat 10/1 Hops for Hospice Beer Festival BHF 4:00-8:00 PM Kemp awards/dinner at iki Kemp/Dudash Sat 10/22 National Beer Mile BHF Kemp Sat 10/29 ALZ Walk BHF 8:00-12:00 N Kemp Mon 10/31 Boo Bash BHF 5:30-8:30 PM 10/31-11/12 MSBL Fall Classic BHF & Carpenter NOVEMBER Sat 11/5 DECEMBER Sat 12/3 Mason Dixon Car Show South Lot/Gate 8:00-3:00 PM Phinley Holiday Phun Run BHF 3:00 PM Kemp Kemp Kemp 2017 FEBRUARY 2/17-2/19 University of Louisville Challenge BHF Kemp 4 Teams, 3 Doubleheaders MAY Thur 5/18 Clearwater High Graduation BHF 7:30 PM Kemp In MI MI IIIII MI MI MI OM MI • NM MI 10111 • NM NM MN MIN SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND CONTRACT CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT PROPOSAL/BID BOND AFFIDAVIT NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT PROPOSAL CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 1 3 8 9 10 11 12 15 Error! Bookmark not defined. WITH CUBA AND SYRIA SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS CERTIFICATION FORM 23 SECTION V i Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR [name] SURETY OWNER [name] [principal business address] [principal business address] [phone number] [phone number] City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4856 BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC UNITS REMOVAL /REPLACEMENT & MISCELLANEOUS WORK PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B PROJECT DESCRIPTION: [A description of the project sufficient to identifr it, such as a legal description or the street address of the property being improved, and a general description of the improvement] BY THIS BOND, We, , as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[x,xxx,x.xx.xx], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of [Bright House Field HVAC Renocation], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20 . (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). [Kenyon & Partners , Inc. WITNESS: By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name: Print Name: (affix corporate seal) SECTION V (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) Page 2 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and , of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". [Or, if out of state:]' This CONTRACT made and City of Clearwater, Florida, entered into this " day of , 20 by and between the . a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do business WITNESSETH: Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B in the amount of Base bid $383,170.41 & Additive Alternate Bid $323.430.14 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). SECTION V Page 3 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727 -562 -4092, Rosemarie.Call( myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. SECTION V Page 5 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 g) SECTION V — Contract Documents A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. J) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. SECTION V Page 6 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: I/0 A-16i4411 William B. Home, II City Manager Countersigned: By: 1:2-04 Af%CGCft Iro George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether Corporation Partnership Company or Individual The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk Approved as to form: (SEAL) Memo Matthew M. S Assistant City Attorney n of girtner5 ( ntract� By: Print Title: Page 7 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 CONTRACTOR: [ ]' PROJECT NAME: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO.: 16- 0023 -PR -B CONTRACT DATE: [ BOND NO.: ( 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1. Page [ ], of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. 1 Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of S urety] [address] [address] on bond of [insert name of Contractor] [address]' [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater [Parks & Recreation Dept] 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Attest: (Seal): SECTION V bond. the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 8 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: N/A PROPOSAL /BID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Kenyon & Partners , Inc. as Contractor, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, whose address is 100 2nd Ave South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Thirty -Eight Thousand Three Hundred Five 84/100 Dollars ($ 38,305.84 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Kenyon & Partners, Inc. as Contractor, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, for work specified as:Bright House Field HVAC Renovation; Project # 16- 0023 -RP -B all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal /Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation Partnership Company or Individual Signed this 12 day of September , 20 16 . The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Kenyon be Partners, Inc. Contract (4l Pri cipal By: President Title Develope Surety and Indemnity Company Surety David B. Shick, Attorney -in -Fact and Licensed , Florida Resident Agent #A241176 Page 9 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: N/A PROPOSAL /BID BOND (Not to be tilled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Kenyon & Partners, Inc. as Contractor, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, whose address is 100 2nd Ave South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Thirty -Eight Thousand Three Hundred Five 84/100 Dollars ($ 38 , 305.84 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Kenyon & Partners , Inc . as Contractor, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, for work specified as: Bright House Field HVAC Renovation; Project # 16- 0023 -RP -B all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal /Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation Partnership Company or Individual Signed this 12 day of September , 2016 . The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Kenyon & Partners, Inc. By President Title Develope Surety and Indemnity Company Surety David B. Shick, Attorney -in -Fact and Licensed Florida Resident Agent #A241 176 Page 9 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263 -3300 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby make, constitute and appoint: ** *David B. Shick * ** as its true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporation, as surety, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s) -in -Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporation could do, but reserving to each of said corporation full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s) -in -Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board. the President, any Executive Vice - President, Senior Vice - President or Vice - President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporation, bonds. undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its officers and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary this May 23, 2013. Daniel Young, Senior Vice - President By '(r Gregg N. 0 -,+�f ice- President State of California County of Orange On May 23, 2013 Date personally appeared before me, Gina L. Garner, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Gregg N. Okura Name(s) of Signer(s) GINA L GAR COMM. # 2021213 VARY PUBUCCAUFOFNA ORANGE COUNTY .P 4 Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature 614.00"44. CERTIFICATE Gina L. Garner, Notary Public The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. By: Mark J. Lansdon, Assistant Secretary This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this 12th day of September , 2016 ID- 1438(Rev.05113) SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA FL ) COUNTY OF Hillsborough ) Dean Kenyon being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is Secretary of Kenyon & Partners, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 3203 Queen Palm Dr (Street & Number) Tampa Hillsborough FL (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of Kenyon & Partners,Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Deco Ke lnyo►' is Preside vrt (Officer's Name) / (Ti le) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this /02 Affiant day of Setok_yti,b.y , 20 /t . 4,0 Muilltl `�,s i" ,, N. ary Public _��'� ∎`6.. ss-oy ' -_ ,L `� /otiL: S c., oofftls *4,.. • s ti=c. c •� ''•, 4 thru �s� °• cti Title or rank, and Serial No., if any ii iiitiillhosto Type /print/stamp name of Notary fi 75 6o 7 SECTION V Page 10 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA FL COUNTY OF Hillsborough ) Dean Kenyon being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of Kenyon & Partners, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent there A Sworn to and subscribed before me this 12 day of September , 20 16 . �%aoauwarjy,� � Mul1l1s' _. ��pMtSSiOy. • C FF956087 ,: 1 *: g EXPIRES c: s s • SECTION V Page 11 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SECTION V Page 12 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on See Attached Bond Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ 38,305.84 ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Dean Kenyon 3203 Queen Palm Dr, Tampa, FL 33619 Signature of Bidder: SECTION V Page 13 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Dean Kenyon By: Title: President Company Legal'Name: Kenyon and Partners, Inc. Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 3203 Queen Palm Drive City and State: Tampa, Florida Zip Code 33619 Phone: 813 -241 -6568 Dated at 12:00 pm Email Address: cesar.rivera@kenyonandpartners.com , this 12 day of September , A.D., 2016. SECTION V Page 14 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 8 -15 -16 Addendum No. 2 Date: 8-18 -16 Addendum No. 3 Date: 8-23 -16 Addendum No. 4 Date: 8 -25 -16 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: SECTION V Kenyon & Partners, Inc. (Name of Bidder) ( gnature o, i fficer) President (Title of Officer) 9/12/16 (Date) Page 15 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, replace cooling tower & cooling tower pumps WLP 1 and 2; thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall include all required sales tax applicable to each bid item as required by governing agencies, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality - there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: BASE BID: 1. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -103 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 2. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -104 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. Each 1 Each 1 $5,590.66 $5,815.36 3. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100B, HP -115 & HP -206 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each `2, 3 6, 177.02 $18, 531.05 4. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -204 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. Each 1 $6,351.63 5. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -102A, HP -102B & HP -109 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each N2, 3 6, 496.04 $19,488 .13 SECTION V Page 16 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 6. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -105 & HP -114B HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 2 7. Remove & replace Desert Aire Split System with new unit, remove & replace controls with new, remove & replace roof curbs with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents &above scope of work. Each 1 8. Remove and replace cooling tower per cooling tower schedule, dispose existing of cooling tower, provide new roofing curbing and repair roofing as necessary provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational cooling tower unit as stated in the contact documents & above scope of work CT -1 9. Remove and replace cooling tower P -1 & P -2 with new pumps provide all miscellaneous items for a complete operational cooling tower pumping units as stated in the contact documents Each 1 7,192.45 $14,384.90 $34,095.70 $103,372.08 Each 2 6,758.60 10. Provide rental crane for removal of existing cooling Tower and other HV /AC units on the roof. LS 1 11. Provide new mini Split HVAC System 3 Tons, AH & CU 301 & 302 include copper continues piping and wrap as required, include new NEMA 3R 22.5 KVA 3 PH Mini Power Center Panel & Transformer Combo provide all necessary roof protection & all other miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC system in the Diamond Club Concession $13,517.20 $5,178.00 Each 2 18, 904 .215 $37,808.43 12. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual LS 1 13. Mobilization & Demobilization LS 1 14. Notification Fee 10 Day Notice to Pinellas County Air Quality — No Asbestos Found at BHF of associated HVAC Renovation work LS 1 15. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC compressors of Base Bid items LS 1 SECTION V $3,481.00 $2,619.03 $100.00 $663.40 Page 17 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE 16. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 $ 3 3, 6 4 6 .4 0 17. Profit and Overhead LS 1 $ 3 7, 5 3 4. 5 7 18. City of Clearwater Building Permit No Fee for City project from Building Dept. LS 1 N/A N/A 19. 10% Bid Bond, Performance bond recorded at Pinellas County Court House recorded original provide to the Owner. 20. Sub Total of items 1 – 19 L. S. 1 21. *10% Contingency of line 20 *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 1 -19 of the Bill of Quantities. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract (purchase order.) $6,159.20 336 348,%34.4 34,023.4-5 1.90.`U 22. Grand Total items 1 through 19 Base Bid Items plus 10% Contingency $ 3 8 3 , e;58-4'3 e fi CONTRACTOR NAME: Kenyon and Partners, Inc. l'l0.(1 BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 3 8 3 , 9 5 8-3+ (N hers) ENE }va talcull BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Three hundred eighty -three thousand f- fty= lat ONE r dollars and forty —r cents (Words) A. For extra work: OH &P percentage for materials purchased on a time and material (T &M) basis. ADD $ 15 % B. For extra work: OH &P percentage for general contractor for subcontractor services on additional work. ADD $ 15 % C. For extra work: Labor rate for work performed on a time and material basis (includes all taxes and fringe benefits). ADD $ 49.50 /HR I. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 18 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall include all required sales tax applicable to each bid item as required by governing agencies, Contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: ADDITITIVE ALTERNATE BID ITEMS: 23. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -113 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 24. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -110 & HP -306 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. Each 1 Each 2 $5,182.31 5,374.01 $10,748.02 25. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100A, HP -101, HP -108, HP 115, HP -116, HP -201, HP -205, HP -302 & HP -303 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 8 5, 735.67 26. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -100C, HP -106, HP -112 & HP -203 units include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. Each 4 $45,885.36 5,910.08 $23,640.32 27. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -107, HP 109 & HP -202 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each " 2 6, 054.53 $12,109.06 SECTION V Page 19 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT OTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 28. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -114A, HP -207A, HP -207B, HP -301, HP -304, & HP -305 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 6 COSI 10 $40,506.60 i) 29. Remove and replace Split HVAC System 4 Tons, AH & CU -104 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 $15 , 9 2 9 . 16 30. Provide new Split HVAC System 5 Tons, AH & CU -103 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 $13,145.82 31. Provide new Split HVAC System 10 Tons, AH & CU -101 & 102 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items e' to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 2 t 9 Oc�i .67 $38, 083 .34 32. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual LS 1 $7, 925 . 00 33. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC compressors of Alternate Bid items LS 1 34. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 35. Profit and Overhead LS 1 $0.00 $42,760.21 $32,913.29 SECTION V Page 20 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 36. Performance bond 37. Sub Total of items 23 - 36 38. *10% Contingency of line 37 *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 23 -37 of the Bill of Quantities Additive Alternate. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract purchase order.) 39. Grand Total items 23 through 37 Additive Alternate Bid Items plus 10% Contingency L. S. 1 $5,198.91 294,027.40 29,402.74 $ 323,.4 -93 - 1130. itt CONTRACTOR NAME: Kenyon and Partners, Inc . BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 3 2 3 , it) •4A3 .114 BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Three hundred twenty -three thousand four dollars and fourteen cents (Numbers) hundred (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY TILE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 21 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Florida Au horized a ature Dean Kenyon Printed Name President Title Kenyon & Partners, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation COUNTY OF Hi l l soborough The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 12 day of September , 20 16 , by Dean Kenyon (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of Kenyon & Partners, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally knoww,,t+Mf' elals,,described herein , or produced a (type of identigt atifO er'ication, and who did/did not take an oath. • ' s .�MMrss, ' Z hkxr0er • '. z_ 6'E- My Commissiiii70Aptios zipx41 30 , 2 0 2 0 'rrrrrrrn«�,' NOTARY SEAL ABOVE to r Public Lisa Mullins Printed Name SECTION V Page 22 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 Bond No.: N/A THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Kenyon & Partners, Inc. I3203 Queen Palm Dr., Tampa, FL 33619 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company 100 2nd Ave South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Clearwater County Government 601 Old Coachman Road, Clearwater, FL 33765 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid in U.S. Dollars -($ 10 %) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the Principal has submitted a bid for Bright House Field HVAC Renovation; Project #16- 0023 -RP -B HVAC Renovation Services NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 12th day of September, 2016 r.asu.r.cxour 1 (Witness) (Witness) Kenyon & Partners, Inc. (Seal) Developers Surety and Indemnity Company �. David B. Shick, Attorney -In -Fact and Florida Licensed Resident Agent #A241176 The ProSure Group...Bonding. For A Better Tomorrow 7217 Benjamin Road, Tampa, FL 33634 1 Ph 813.243.1110 I Fx 813.243.1109 1 www.orosuregroun.com 1 Finail: contractbondsPorosuregrouo.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263 -3300 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby make, constitute and appoint: ** *David B. Shick * ** as its true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact. to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporation, as surety, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s) -in -Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporation could do, but reserving to each of said corporation full power of substitution and revocation. and all of the acts of said Attorney(s) -in -Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Executive Vice - President, Senior Vice - President or Vice - President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporation, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its officers and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary this May 23, 2013. By:_ Daniel Young, Senior Vice - President By Gregg N. 0 State of California County of Orange On ice - President May 23, 2013 Date personally appeared before me, Gina L. Garner, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Gregg N. Okura Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature x'asi."44. Gina L. Garner, Notary Public CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. 1 By. 1 This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this 12th day of September , 2016 . Mark J. Lansdon, Assistant Secretary ID- 1438(Rev.05/13) ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HVAC REHABILITATION PROJECT 16- 0023 -PR -B DATE: August 15, 2016 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned This Addendum is issued to modify the previously issued Contract Documents & Specifications, and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. SECTION I, ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICES TO CONTRACTORS In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor/bidder must be pre - qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in either category: Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning or Commercial Building Category With a minimum amount of $250,000. Page 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 FOR BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HVAC REHABILITATION PROJECT 16- 0023 -PR -B DATE: August 18, 2016 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 - 2 "d MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference TO: General Contractors Prospective Bidders. This Addendum is issued to notify a Mandatory Pre -Bid Conference because of short notification in adding General Contractors to the category Commercial Building Category and the original Mandatory Pre -Bid Conference was the next day. 2nd MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective General Contracting bidders will be held at Bright House Field, Administration Office 3 floor Conference Room, 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater, FL 33765, on Wednesday, August 24, 2016 at 1:00 PM. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. To other prospective bidder who attended the first Mandatory Pre -bid Meeting are not required to attend this 2nd Mandatory Pre Bid Conference meeting. SECTION 1, ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICES TO CONTRACTORS In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor /bidder must be pre - qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in either category: Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning or Commercial Building Category With a minimum amount of $250,000. Page 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 111, FOR I BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT 16- 0023 -PR -B DATE: August 23, 2016 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 — Supplemental Information 1 1 1 TO: Prospective Bidders SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: This Addendum is issued to modify the previously issued Contract Documents & Specifications, and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. This Addendum is issued to provide notice of Technical Specifications of Cooling Tower; Pre -Bid Conference Meeting Minutes; Questions and Answers; Corrections to Drawings; Section V — Contract Revisions August 23, 2016. Item 1: Technical Specification 236500 Cooling Tower Revision 1 Item 2: Pre -Bid Conference Meeting Minutes Dated — August 15, 2016 Item 3: All Questions & Answers submitted are included at end of Pre -Bid Conference Meeting Minutes Dated — August 15, 2016 1 1 1 1 i 1 Item 4: Revised Drawings showing corrections: Drawing 1 Cover Sheet Drawing 2 Sheet M001 — Mechanical Legend Sheet Drawing 3 Sheet M101A — Mechanical Lower Level Drawing 4 Sheet M101B— Mechanical Lower Level Drawing 5 Sheet M101C — Mechanical Lower Level Drawing 6 Sheet M102— Mechanical Concourse Level Drawing 7 Sheet M103 — Mechanical Third Level Drawing 8 Sheet M201 — Mechanical Schedules Drawing 9 Sheet M202 — Mechanical Schedules Drawing 10 Sheet M301 — Mechanical Details Item 5: Section V — Contract — Addendum No. 3 — August 23, 2016 — correction to Bill of Quantities. Prospective bidders shall utilize Section V — Contract — Addendum No. 3 in preparation in his bid proposal. IItem 6: All prospective bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addendums on Addendum Sheet of the contract in submission of bid proposal. End of Addendum No. 3 1 1 1 N 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 August 8, 2016 SECTION 23 65 00 COOLING TOWERS- CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLER PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes factory assembled and tested, closed circuit mechanical induced -draft vertical discharge closed circuit cooler. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, pressure drop, performance curves with selected points indicated, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of evaporative equipment assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. Assembled unit dimensions. 2. Weight and load distribution. 3. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. 4. Sizes and locations of piping and wiring connections. 5. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Each unit to include, operation, and maintenance manual. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Verification of Performance: 1. The thermal performance shall be certified by the Cooling Technology Institute in accordance with CTI Certification Standard STD -201. Lacking such certification, a field acceptance test shall be conducted within the warranty period in accordance with CTI Acceptance Test Code ATC -105, by a Certified CTI Thermal Testing Agency. The Evaporative Heat Rejection Equipment shall comply with the energy efficiency requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1. 2. Unit Sound Performance ratings shall be tested according to CTI ATC -128 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Brighthouse Field IIVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 August 8, 2016 standard. Sound ratings shall not exceed specified ratings. B. Unit shall meet or exceed energy efficiency per ASHRAE 90.1 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace components of the unit that fail in materials and workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Fan Motor/Drive System: Warranty Period shall be Five (5) years from date of unit shipment from Factory (fan motor(s), fan(s), bearings, mechanical support, sheaves, bushings and belt(s)). 2. The entire unit shall have a comprehensive five (5) year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship from date of shipment. 3. Heat Transfer Coil: Warranty Period shall be five (5) years from date of unit shipment from Factory. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide closed circuit coolers manufactured by one of the following: 1. EVAPCO Model ATWB 9- 5I9 -ZC 2. Approved Substitute 2.2 THERMAL PERFORMANCE A. Each unit shall be capable to cool 306.00 GPM of water entering at 103.00° F leaving at 90.00° F at a design wet bulb of 77.00° F with a pressure drop across the coil not to exceed 9.78 psi. 2.3 IBC COMPLIANCE A. The unit structure shall be designed, analyzed, and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of International Building Code (IBC) for: IP = 1.0, SDS = 1, P = 288.3 psf. 2.4 COMPONENTS A. Description: Factory assembled and tested, induced draft counter flow closed circuit cooler complete with fan, coil, louvers, accessories, and rigging supports. Manufactured to match the existing tower footprint. LAST SENTENCE REVISED B. Materials of Construction GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 2 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 August 8, 2016 1. All cold water basin components including vertical supports, air inlet louver frames and panels up to rigging seam shall be constructed of Type 304 Stainless Steel. All factory cold water basin seams shall be welded for water tight construction. 2. Casing and fan section, including channels and angle supports, shall be constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. Fan cowl and guard shall be constructed of Type 304 Stainless Steel. "Series 300" stainless steel will not be acceptable as equivalent to Type 304 Stainless Steel. C. Fan(s): 1. Fan(s) shall be high efficiency axial propeller type with aluminum wide chord blade construction. Each fan shall be dynamically balanced and installed in a closely fitted cowl with venturi air inlet for maximum fan efficiency. D. Drift Eliminators 1. Drift eliminators shall be constructed entirely of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) in easily handled sections. Design shall incorporate three changes in air direction and limit the water carryover to a maximum of 0.001% of the recirculating water rate. E. Water Distribution System 1. Spray nozzles shall be zero - maintenance precision molded ABS with large 1 -1/4" diameter orifice threaded into branch piping with internal sludge ring to eliminate clogging. Spray header, branches, and riser shall be Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) for corrosion resistance. F. Heat Transfer Media 1. Heat transfer coil shall be elliptical tubes of Type 304 Stainless Steel, encased in steel framework. The coil assembly shall be designed with sloping tubes for liquid drainage and air pressure tested to 390 psig air under water. Coil shall be in compliance with ASME /ANSI B31.5. G. Pump 1. Unit shall have EISA close - coupled centrifugal pump with mechanical seal. The pump shall be installed in a vertical position so that water will drain from the pump when the cold water basin is emptied. Pump motor shall be totally enclosed with protective canopy for outdoor operation. H. Bleed -off 1. Unit shall have a waste water bleed line with a manual adjustable valve provided. Air Inlet Louvers 1. The air inlet louver screens shall be constructed from UV inhibited polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and incorporate a framed interlocking design that allows for easy removal of louver screens for access to the entire GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 3 1 1 1 14, 1 i 1 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 August 8, 2016 basin area for maintenance. The louver screens shall have a minimum of two changes in air direction and shall be of a non -planar design to prevent splash -out and block direct sunlight & debris from entering the basin. J. Make up Float Valve Assembly 1. Make up float assembly shall be a mechanical brass valve with an adjustable plastic float. K. Pan Strainer 1. Pan Strainer(s) shall be all Type 304 Stainless Steel construction with large area removable perforated screens. 2.5 MOTORS AND DRIVES A. General requirements for motors are specified in Division 23 Section "Motors" B. Fan Motor 1. Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed, ball bearing type electric motor(s) suitable for moist air service. Motor(s) are Premium Efficient, Class F insulated, 1.15 service factor design. Inverter rated per NEMA MG1 Part 31.4.4.2 and suitable for variable torque applications and constant torque speed range with properly sized and adjusted variable frequency drives. C. Fan Drive 1. The fan drive shall be multigroove, solid back V -belt type with QD tapered bushings designed for 150% of the motor nameplate power. The belt material shall be neoprene reinforced with polyester cord and specifically designed for evaporative equipment service. Fan sheave shall be aluminum alloy construction. Belt adjustment shall be accomplished from the exterior of the unit. D. Fan Shaft 1. Fan shaft shall be solid, ground and polished steel. Exposed surface shall be coated with rust preventative. E. Fan Shaft Bearings 1. Fan Shaft Bearings shall be heavy -duty, self - aligning ball type bearings with extended lubrication lines to grease fittings located on access door frame. Bearings shall be designed for a minimum L -10 life of 100,000 hours. F. Vibration Switch 1. Unit shall be provided with a Vibration Cutout Switch, operating on 120 VAC feed, to protect the fan and drive assembly from damage in the event of excess vibration. Vibration switch shall be DPDT. GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Is 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1� 1 Brighthouse Field HVAC Replacement GEI Project #16064 August 8, 2016 2.6 MAINTENANCE ACCESS A. Fan Section 1. Access door shall be hinged and located in the fan section for fan drive and water distribution system access. Swing away motor cover shall be hinged for motor access. B. Basin Section 1. Framed removable louver panels shall be on all four (4) sides of the unit for pan and sump access. C. Internal Working Platform 1. Internal working platform shall provide easy access to the fans, belts, motors, sheaves, bearings, all mechanical equipment and complete water distribution system. The coil surface shall be an acceptable means of accessing these components. D. Ladder 1. An aluminum sloped ladder shall be provided for access to the motor access door. END OF SECTION 23 65 00 GRINER ENGINEERING INC. 23 65 00 - 5 1 CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND EtEarnsuL • BAY TO BEACH SENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (727) 562 -4747 FAX: (727) 562 -4755 Pre -Bid Conference Meeting Minutes Date/Time: Tuesday, August 15, 2016 @ 9:30 a.m. Meeting 601 Old Coachman Rd. Clearwater, Florida Location: at the Bright House Field Stadium Media Room BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT #16- 0023 -PR -B City of Clearwater Project Manager: Leroy Chin 727- 224 -7101 Email: Lerov.Chinmyclearwater.com Consultant Company /Project Manager: Griner Engineering /Joseph Griner 727 - 743 -0546 Email :Joe @griner - engineering.net Engineering Contract Specialist: Lisa Bayly 727 - 562 -4782 Email: Lisa.Baylvtc7i.myclearwater.com 1. Introduction of Attendees IS. Sign -In Sheets — This is a mandatory meeting. Please complete the sign-in sheet legibly and P 9 9 Y completely. Copies of the Pre -bid Conference sign -in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan room website. 3. City's Plan Room — Plans are available for purchase at Jiffy Reprographics, 411 S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Florida (727) 445 -1034. Any notification e-mails (sign -in sheets, addenda, date changes, etc.) from the plan room will be from wmoors Aiffyreprographics.com. On occasion, the City will issue notification e-mails via the plan room. In this instance, notification e- mails will be from lisa.bayly c(�myclearwater.com. Please add both e-mail addresses to your white list or non -spam list to ensure receipt. You may access the Jiffy Plan Room through a link on the City website: http: / /www.myclearwater. com /apps20/ cityprojects /invitationtobid.aspx. 4. Pre - Qualification — In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor /bidder must be pre- qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in the Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning category with a minimum amount of $250,000. It is the Contractor's /Bidder's responsibility to confirm pre - qualification eligibility prior to submitting a bid. Contractors may check their pre - qualification status by contacting: Lisa Bayly or Construction Office Specialist Valerie Craig at (727) 562 -4509. Pre - qualification applications and submittal items are due on 08/29/2016, two weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. I5. Bid Proposal Forms - All quantities and costs must be filled in legibly and completely. ItPlease re -check your figures for accuracy. . Proposal Bond — must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond amount. 1 1 1 7. Scrutinized Companies - Please Note, if Project is $1,000,000 or more please see Section III, Article 25, Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification • Form. Otherwise, if final bid amount is less than $1,000,000, this form may be omitted. I 8. Request for Clarifications — Submit in writing via email to Project Manager by end of day on 08/24/2016. Questions must include: company name, contact name, email address and phone number of contact person (in case clarification is needed). Responses will be issued via an 1 addendum by end of day 08/26/2016. 9. Addendum - If you have purchased plans through another plan house, please check the Jiffy Plan Room to ensure the receipt of any addenda information. It is the responsibility of the prospective bidder to ensure that they have received all addenda. 1 1 t f 1 10. Bid Opening is scheduled for 09/12/2016 at 1:00 p.m. 11. Contract Award is scheduled for 10/05/2016 (City Council Meeting). 12. Scope of Work — SCOPE OF WORK: N 1 t 1. The intent in this Bright House Field — HVAC Renovations is replace all HVAC units as shown on the contract documents as base bid and additive alternate bid item. However budget restrains the Owner may only elect to perform base bid items or additive alternate bid items up to funds allotted for HVAC Renovations at Bright House Field.. 2. All Bidders shall be Pre - qualified in Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning two week prior to bid opening date. Prequalification minimum amount is $250,000.00 attached copy of pre - qualifications is included in this contract document. 3. 10% bid bond is required and a performance surety bond is also required for this project see detailed information in this contract document. 4. The prospective bidders shall agree to hold his bid prices for ninety (90) days from bid opening date. 5. The word Contractor shall mean the same as HVAC Mechanical contractor and shall perform all work shown as shown on in these contract documents and shall retain other sub- contractors to perform the works of this in providing a complete operations HVAC system and back to pre- construction conditions in acceptance of this contract. I 6. The Contractor shall note the Owner and the Philadelphia Phillies shall continue daily operations of the Bright House Field during the HVAC Renovations and the Contractor shall minimize disruption of daily operational business activities. I7. Contractor's lay down area shall be located in the south parking lot of Bright House Field and exact location shall be provided at the pre- construction meeting. I8. The Owner has submitted for Building Permit application and the Contractor shall collect the 111 Building Permit from the City of Clearwater Building Dept. There shall be no fee required for I the Contractor to collect the building permit. The Building Permit No. is BCP2016- 07584. The Contractor shall call in for all inspections as required at the correct intervals for City Inspector 2 observe the work performed and sign of as the project progresses. The Contractor shall be required to close out the building permit and obtain a Certificate of Completion. Provide the Building Permit and Certificate of Completion originals to the Owner in the Operation & Maintenance Manual (O &M Manual). 9. The intent award of contract by City Council shall be on October 6, 2016 and contractor shall collect the contract on Friday October 7, 2016 and execute signing the contract. Notice to proceed with the work shall be on Monday, October 10, 2016 and contractor shall be on site performing the work within 7 days from Notice to Proceed. Contract duration 120 Consecutive Calendar Days Completion of the work shall be February 06, 2017 10. In execute signing the contract the Surety Performance Bond shall be recorded at the Pinellas County Court House and the original and the executed sign contractor shall be returned to the City for finalization of the contract. 11.The Owner shall develop a request to requisition and formally submit for Purchase Order based on the amount of contract approved by City Council and submitted on Friday, October 7, 2016 and the Contractor shall receive the purchase order the following week. 12.The Owner has elected to institute tax saving to incorporate additional HVAC units to be installed at BHF Renovations by using the tax savings. Upon contract award and execution, a Purchase Order (PO) shall be issued to Contractor for the full amount of contract. 13. Contractor shall submit a list Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Summary of Materials of potential ODP vendors and estimated dollar amounts (minimum of $10,000) to the City for consideration prior to initial pay application. Certain bid proposals will list pre- determined item(s) for ODP and the accompanying tax savings. The ODP Summary shall list: (a) item cost and (b) sales tax savings associated with the item. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items that exceed $10,000 in value and /or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. See Appendix for additional information Owner Direct Purchase of Materials. 14. The Owner has provide asbestos survey of the work performed by Greenfield Environmental and is attached in the contract documents upon notice the Contractor intent to award the BHF — HVAC Renovations the Contractor shall be required to submit to Pinellas County Air Quality 10 day notice prior to being work at the project site. Fee for this notice is paid by the Contractor and a line item is included in the bill of quantities. 15. Pre - construction meeting prior to award of contract (October 2016, exact date to be determined). At this meeting the contractor will provide the following: a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments. Final copy of Payment Schedule in the 0 & M Manual. b. Detailed progress schedule shall be submitted at the pre construction meeting and updated for each progress meeting and long lead items shown on the schedule. Final Schedule in the 0 & M Manual. c. Material submittals & Shop Drawings — list of materials to be provided to the Engineer for approval prior to purchasing. All Material & Shop Drawing Submittals in the 0 & M Manual. d. Discussion of project closeout procedures. 3 hard copies of 0 & M Manual shall be provided to the Owner in a three ring binder and separate tabs shall separate each section and shall include HVAC units warranty and extended 5 year warranty shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3 1 1 f 1 1 1 1 16 1 e. Owner to provide updated events schedule. f. Owner to provide electric and water. g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms). h. The schedule is to be discussed at project progress meetings and shall be held every two week at an agreed day and time. Discussion items a the meetings as follows: i. Work completed the past two (2) weeks. ii. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks. iii. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.) iv. Updated schedule. v. Draft pay request and submission of invoice. 16. Quality Assurance: a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total, and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any questions relevant to the project requirements. b. Contractor shall provide all barricades, as necessary to protect the structure and safety of the residents, visitors, and workers at all times. c. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre- construction meeting. 17. Owner will provide a Clerk -of- the -Works for coordination of daily activities within the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as required by the owner. 18. The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on -site identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc. 19. Payment for work performed. a. The Contractor shall submit pay application of the 25th of each month of work performed the pass 30 days. b. A pencil draft of the pay application shall be provided to the Engineer and Owner at one of the progress meeting for review. Upon approval the Contractor shall submit an electronic pay application for approval and upon approval by the Engineer shall send electronic copy to the Owner for payment. c. Payment of request for payment shall be made within 30 days from date of invoice and payment shall be made to the Contractor's mailing address. No check will be provided by hand delivering and only delivery by U. S. Postal Service. d. Final payment shall be made as stipulated in the contract documents. e. 10% retainage of total project cost shall be retained by the Owner until the following schedule of items are completed: i.5% retainage may be requested upon: 1. Substantial completion of the project: a. Close out of Building Permit Final b. Obtain Certificate of Completion c. Preliminary walk through by Engineer & Owner d. Punch list has been provided to the Contractor to perform punch list ii. Remaining 5% retainage may be request upon: 1. Punch list items are completed and request for final walk through by the Owner and Engineer and approval punch list items are completed. 2. 0 & M Manual has been reviewed and approved by Engineer, turned over to the Owner 4 1 1 1 1 Is 1 1 1 1 1 1 to 3. 3 Hard Copies of the 0 & M Manual with divider tabs of each section 4. 1 Hard copy set of red lined As Built drawings 5. 3 electronic CD's of files in the 0 & M Manual and As built drawings 20. Deliverable at Close Out of Project: a. Red Line 'As- Built drawings shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall obtain a clean set of drawings from the Owner. The clean set of drawings the Contractor shall red line and changes to the work performed. 21 Care shall be taken during demolition as all repair work shall be included by the Mechanical Contractor to restore to preconstruction conditions. This includes ceiling and walls. 22. Remove and reinstall ceiling tiles and ceiling grid as necessary. Damaged material shall be replaced in kind. 23. Site shall be clean of any construction debris daily and disposed of at the end of day in a proper disposal container in the Contractors lay down area. No construction debris or contractor's employee trash shall be on site at the end of the work day. At carpeted area the Contractor shall vacuum these areas to prevent tracking construction dust into other parts of carpeted areas of the facility. 24. Contractor lunch & break area are shall be at a designated location on site and confirm by the Owner of location. The Contractor and his employees shall keep the area tidy at all time and no food /wrappers /containers shall be left in open view and be disposed of in a proper trash container and disposed in the Contractor's lay down area. No food containers, bottles /cups /drinking containers shall be left in the BHF facility at the end of the work day. 25. Disconnect and reconnect electrical service to heat pump /air handler. 26. Remove and replace hose kit with new. 27.AII existing duck work to remain and be undisturbed except at connections to HVAC units being replaced. 28. Remove clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers. 29. Provide miscellaneous items as required to provide a complete operational system. 30. Remove & replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown on drawings. 31. Remove & replace cooling tower associated piping, fittings & valves in kind as necessary & roofing curbs, repair roofing to prevent leakage. 32. Remove & replace cooling towers pumps WLP -1 and 2. 33. Chemical feeder system Contractor shall remove carefully and place in storage for reinstallation upon installation of new cooling tower and pumps. Replace any worn out piping as necessary of reinstallation of chemical feeder system for a complete operational cooling tower system. 5 34. Thermostats shall be replaced in -kind. Thermostat in Diamond Outfitters to be relocated for better temperature control. Wall patching and painting shall be responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor of this contract. 35.AH -104 to have condensate re- sloped from below drain pan to exterior wall to prevent drain pan overflow. 36.The Contractor shall dispose of the HV /AC unit at proper disposal facilities and maintain records of disposal for future references if required by other governing agencies request. 37. Removal and replacement of any roof units Contractor shall remove and provide new roofing curbs roof patching as necessary with similar type materials and have a qualified Roofing Contractor to perform patches from leaking. 38. The Contractor shall contact City of Clearwater Solid Waste for roll off containers if required for this project. City of Clearwater Zoning Ordinance requires any roll off for public project utilize be obtain from City of Clearwater Solid Waste Department. 39. Contractor shall perform test and balancing of each HVAC unit replaced and provide report to the Engineer for review and approval. Provide copies of the test and balancing report in the 0 & M Manual and electronic files on to three CD's and turn over to the Owner at close out of the project. 40. Coordinate exact duplex electrical outlets and equipment locations with engineer Owner Mechanical Contractor prior to rough -in. 41. Electrical Contractor shall track existing circuits to turn off breakers prior to beginning work. 42. Scope of work shall include all ceiling work, including removal - replacement -reuse of ceiling tiles, lighting fixtures and /or ceiling mounted devices, temporary lighting, requirements from the AHJ required to perform any electrical work. 43. Wherever the word "Provide" is used, it shall mean "Furnish and Install Complete Operational System" 44. New branch circuits shall be minimum 2 #12 and 1 #12 E.G. in %" conduits unless otherwise noted for HVAC work scope. 45. Bright House Field Drawing Index: Sheet No. Title of Sheet Date M000 Cover Sheet July 12, 2016 M101 Legend July 15, 2016 M101A Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M101 B Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M101C Mechanical Lower Level Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M102 Mechanical Concourse Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M103 Mechanical Third Floor Replacement Plan July 15, 2016 M201 Schedules July 15, 2016 M202 Schedules July 15, 2016 M301 Details July 15, 2016 6 1 1 1 1 is 1 1 1 1 1 Is 1 1 Project Duration: 120 Consecutive Calendar Days 13. Questions — open to floor. a. Will wall patching and painting be included in the scope of work? Answer: Yes. b. What is the name of the chemical company doing chemical treatments and HVAC controls? Answer: Chemical Service Inc. 12345 -D 62nd Street North Largo, Florida 33773 Office: 727 -531 -4135 Fax: 727 - 536 -9873 c. Should a five year warranty for compressors be included in our pricing? Answer: Yes, Bidders Bid Proposal provides a line item for additional five year warranty d. Who is the roofing contractor maintaining the roof at Bright House Field? Answer: Jason Willis Office (813)626 -7717 Cell (813)245 -5650 jwillisserviceworksroofing.com e. There is a discrepancy in the quantities if the base bid and alternate in the bill of quantities and the drawings. Answer: Corrections shall be made in Section V — Contract to correct these discrepancies in the Bidders Bid Proposal f. Are contractors present at this mandatory pre -bid conference meeting required to attend the General Contractor's 2nd Mandatory Pre -Bid Conference? Answer: Contractors who attended the first mandatory pre -bid conference shall not be required to attend the second mandatory pre -bid conference. g. How do you get access to HP304 & HP301 which are above hard ceiling? Answer: HP 304 & HP301 are accessible through Storage Room 03.07.03 h. Who is the contractor that maintains the fire sprinkler system? Answer: Taylor Fire Protection LLC Palmetto, FL Office 727 - 458 -4262 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 i. Is there a preferred thermostat manufacture by the city? Answer: No, as long as thermostats are recommended by Trane j. NFPA 90A 2012 EDITION 6.4.2.1 SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED FOR USE IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOCATED AS FOLLOWS: (1) DOWNSTREAM OF THE AIR FILTERS AND AHEAD OF ANY BRANCH CONNECTIONS IN AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS HAVING A CAPACITY GREATER THAT 944 USEC (2000 FT3 /MIN) AND SMOKE DETECTORS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR PER 2014 5TH EDITION FBC MECH. 606.2.1. Answer: Please refer to revised M101 C for location of smoke detectors. 14. Site Walk a. City has first right of refusal on two pumps in Mechanical Room 01.06.02 b. City will purchase four boxes of replacement ceiling tiles for replacement of damage ceiling 8 CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HVAC RENOVATIONS 604 Old Coachman Road North CLEARWATER, FL 33765 PROJECT NUMBER 16- 0026 -PR -B DATE: JULY 2016 SCOPE OF WORK: BASE BID: THIS PROJECT WILL INCLUDE THE REPLACEMENT OF 11 WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS, 1 DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT, 1 COOLING TOWER, ASSOCIATED THERMOSTATS AND PUMPS AND THE ADDITION OF 2 SPLIT SYSTEMS. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE: WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS, 4 SPLIT SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED THERMOSTATS. DRAWING INDEX: MECHANICAL DRAWINGS M001 LEGEND SHEET M101A MECHANICAL LOWER LEVEL REPLACEMENT PLAN M101B MECHANICAL LOWER LEVEL REPLACEMENT PLAN M101C MECHANICAL LOWER LEVEL REPLACEMENT PLAN M102 MECHANICAL CONCOURSE REPLACEMENT PLAN M103 MECHANICAL THIRD FLOOR REPLACEMENT PLAN M201 SCHEDULES M202 SCHEDULES M301 DETAILS GRINER ENGINEERING, INC. 1628 Fret Avenue North SL Petersburg. Florida 33713 Phone: (727)-822.2335 Far. (27)421 -3361 Certificate of Authorization #3173 Date 06/08/16 Drawn GSA Designed GSA FOR 5110 Job no. 16064 Signature Date CITY OFFICIALS GEORGE N. CRETEKOS DOREEN HOCK - DIPOLITO DR. BOB CUNDIFF BILL JOHNSON HOYT HAMILTON WILLIAM B. HORNE II MAYOR COUNCILMEMBER COUNCILMEMBER COUNCILMEMBER COUNCILMEMBER CITY MANAGER KEVIN E. DUNBAR MICHAEL D. QUILLEN, P.E. CITY ENGINEER APPROVED BY DATE APPROVED DIRECTOR PARKS & RECREATION DEPT. 811 11106Ee1 -1 is 0. UAllil PE ryP2f BIDDING SET JULY 2016 DATE: JULY 12. 2015 DRAWING No M000 HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND HVAC PIPING AND VALVES LEGEND HVAC GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION I. ALROK S ALL CN D�TDTO Di tNTS Oi THE BUILDNG CODE FIFTH EDITION oE MECHAWCAL. NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. NAPA AND All LOCAL ORDINANCES. 2 ALL wORK S.11 BE STRUCTURAL 000 ED REEL TI AR S.OECTURAL J GRID AND DENYF LOCATIONS. EXACT HELEN A' NFRXR TO D ANDS IN AID. M CGS CT SHALL DOCU [NTS nIRR EXDRIR./EPxOPOSED CONDrt.S .LAD OPENING S INAN LEN T LAYS 0550 t0 THE BID ANC N SE EN4L REPORT 0 THE ENGINEER ANY ERRGt, C'Y, OR MESON m M CONTRACT NCO DOCUMENTS. ! OOCUUENTS. [ FUME CONNECTION ERNA EACH DUCW/011" ALL HO TS AM N MD EOUWUEEA e. ALL COOTS SHOWN ME INSTAL CLEAR DIMENSIONS. ? D. TEL AB AND 1 THERMOSTATS ENGINEER AND CRRWR'SDREPRESEMATM.[tt e. CONS+ L1M !WALL LLEMI ML CALLS AMD REDUCE ML � �'� BELTS Ai SBSiAMY1 COURE100 S. AI RHIIECD N Al DDlDl ENGNRR WILL RORER H SPECIE.. FOR COMPATIBILITY. 10. SUB SAES AND EOUPUEM SHALL SS THRU ROOFS, FUN! AND WALL POP DRAIN SxN1 SUIT EWPN FURNISHED. SEE SOUR ORAWWIGS FOR EQUIPMENT DIUES.xS. 11. PROVIDE P' IMP AT MR HANDLER UNITS PER W`WUFACN"ER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 12. SLEM AND SEAL ALL PRNG PASS. TNWCH WALLS. FLOORS AND ROOF UNLESS NOTED WHEW.. 1S. ALL. CUTTING. PATCHING AND REPAIR WORK SHALL BE M ESPGISIBRM OF THE TRADE IMBUED. IA. IS Tiff 2 R. DIOU ALONABLE LEAKAGE FOR M WOMEN 15. M CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DIUWNCS AND SUBMITTALS FOR MAC EWPMENT AND DUCT.. NOON ON TS PLANS AND ENGINEERS /PPROVAI. M EAIAASPECIFICATIONS E N EWIREHTHE CONTRACTOR To REDO ANY WORK. WHICH WAS NOT APPROVED, OR M ENGINEER MAY RCOURE A CREW TO M 1YMIFR. PROMS A BET OF AS -R CO ADOJ M JOB IS CGNPLEIED. THIS SET OWL W NTW OUSLY UPDATE(' DURING CONSTRUCTOR. AT le. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS HANES EACH 90-DEGREE BRUICH TAKEOFF WS AR INDICATED IN THE SuACSA 'NWAL DUCT CONSTRUCTOR T STANDARDS-. IT PROVIDE FLIER RACKS W OA DD ACCESNOLE FOR �DFCCR TIGHT. IS. CONTRACTOR E MN SHALL ER NSTALL W. WAG SYSTEMS As REWRfI OOPPERMATOR No UNDUE VIBRATOR ENGINEER TO SHALIBE TRANG; TT EWND. STRUCNINEI AN ADCmGxEDD MSTALLED SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL THAN THE EOUPMENT SPECIFED, MN R MLL BE M CONTRACTORS ANO TS MANUFACTURES RESPONSIBLITY TO CONNATE ANY ALMON. NO. TRASUISSIDN. -- eXt2 E%51NG DUttWORN i0 PLEURAL BUT IN INCHES (PIMA DM, FIRS17 �)� MJ- ROUND DUCT Wwx O- ELBOW - TURNED UP TRIPLE RUTH VALVE ISHUT -OTT, &YANDMG A CHECK) b : W!! pb1m0 D VrIEF '/EOUIPY B TD BE OKD AND REDUCED - BASE Bq ROUND DUCT UP ( ELBOw - TURNED DOWN BALL vALvE _ FEUC+EO ANN T F"O"E %RACECOra AOGInE KT ® GOOSENECK O PIPE RISER AUTO CIRCUIT SETTER VALVE NV /AC REPLACEMENT GRINER ENGINEERING, INC. BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD 6z8F urg,N ida337 St. Petersburg, Haitla 33713 Phone: 17271 -822 -2335 Fac 17271-821-3361 PHILLIES SPRING TRAINING FACILITY waw.gnnor- engineetig.net CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA certificate of Authorization 83173 4f1 NEW FLEXIBLE DUCT O ROOF AUDIO MOUNTED ENHNST EAR -(- TEE - OWLET UP _{�_ HOREONfAL SLANG CHECK VALVE + + NEW DUCTSOX ME NED NESSIEDSSOWRE /RECTMAULAR RANCH oPOR'ELL HILT ACCESS DOOR �- F- TEE - OUTLET DOWN CAP '�O� -TYPE STRAINER WITH BLOW DOWN MID V VE BALtEt TINE STRAINER . ' t�,�: J SOB -N FILTIS WITH VGUME DAMPER SD WpN CF FrtTIS M1HOUf vW WK L--f-t S -F-S gym. l� 1 -TD ! CONM"Alq" EIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (VERTICAL POSTON) FIRE DAMPER (VEMIGL POSMON) - UNION CONCENTRIC INCREASER - • COMPRESSED AR PIPING } � l I-�y i�� DFUCT iRMSrt.H (RECTANOLL TO EC�ANGLE) DIRE DAMPER (HORIZONTAL POSTON) -� ECC[N1Rq R[DULU -a- CONOEHIER WATER RETURN pnNC t-ItrA i�L�p �0)RASITION (RECTANGLE TO OT N VOLUME DAMPER IN �. FLEXURE PIPE CONNECTOR -�- CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY PIPING 4. IN 1 H DUCT TEE Wrtx iMWNG VANE4 �q u.WUM WINE DAMPER N WCIWDPo( l�A Y MRUOUETER PRESSURE HEAD -s- CONOE SATE RPNG CHILLED WATER RETURN PIPING 1 1L' DUCT ELBOW UP L�p� -lr11 DUCT MWMED SMOKE DETECTOR 5-y - alma DUCT ELBOW DOWN .J w SIDER/A . RETURN ORRLE y R PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PLUG CHILLED WATER SUPPLY PIPING - Y--M'J WL BP ELBOW MTH TURNING VANES . I - SADvALL SUPPLY GRILLE AUTOMATS AR VENT - Kw _ NCR WATER NEATMG ORIEL RLTUFN PPND �S'L '7C.\ 97 RADON ELBOW (R -1.5S0 L 1 �� FLEXIBLE DUCT CGINFLNR ,� MANUAL NR TENT -,ON - FRATER HFRMG SY51EN SUPPLY *GL T w4, AA' BRANCH TNLC -OFF MM VOLUME ® m ® ...UST) FNSEN (SUPPLY. R[.URN, A -Do- MENTURI FLOW UE/SUREMEM DEVICE -R -R- FUEL GS PIPING ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER My • S.A W.I.' . '(SUPPLY. XISTNG CRERNG DIFFUSER RETURN, Y EXHAUST) r -di- WATERED. VALVE SIR- REEROERATgN SYSTEM DISCHARGE ppPO WMR- M UNDER CUT ODOR (INCHES GWEN) HD-T p.p MR DEVICE 000000ATON NRFLOW NECX SIZE F(5 -IF1- ROTORAED CONTROL HALVE (BUTTERFLY VALVE) _ R REFROERAT1N SYSTEM RETURN PIPING (SUCTION) DIRECTOR _PI_ REFRIGERATOR SvSEU SUPPLY PIPmG (LOUIS) 0 NEW CONNECT 0EX6 NG E %WtIST /RETURN AIRFLOW DIRECTION m THERMOSTAT (ALTO. A' -0' AST) T V EYED NOTE O5 SENSOR MD. A' -0' Art) ® IR,MDNTAT ® Hai DETECTOR O INAt EQUIPMENT CONTROL O CARBON N.M. SENSOR ® STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR ® CARBON MODE SENSOR HVAC ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION Aw AMEREAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT EWB ENTERNC WET WO 'TEMPERATURE LISA LOCKED ROTOR APPS SHEET METAL A AN CONDITONWG IBDYE FINISHED FLOOR W ENTERING DARTER TOWERATURE LWB LEAVING WET BULB TEMPERATURE SMACW CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCMTgx ... ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FBC RO DA BUILDING CODE OR LEAVING WATER TEMPERATWE SP STATIC PRESSURE ABOVE MASHED ROOF ECU PAN CON. Wirt IABH HOU THOUSANDS W BN A SWAP( SORER STA. MTV - HANDLING UNIT MR -HANDLING FD FIRE DAPPER MC NECHANOAL CONDUCTOR TSP 707AL STATIC PRESSURE °' ""'°""°" CITY OF CLFARWAtHt, FLORIDA ANSI WTI STANDARDS INSTITUTE ED FLOOR DRAIN IRON CIRCUIT AMPS UNWORN. SURD. CODE NOTE: SOME SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN MAY NOT PERTAIN TO THIS PROJECT. AR ACCESS PANEL M FULL LOAD AMPS MOCP UM PER CURRENT PROTECTON UNDERwRTZRS LABORATORIES ... PROTECTION CONTRACTOR ARRIVE AMERSNI SOCIETY N HEATING REFRIGERATOR. k NR CONDITIOMNG FEET PER MINUTE NEC WTDIMLY ELECTRIC CODE L N UNLESS OTHERMSE NOTED ENGSERS FEET NEpA NAT.& FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION UPC UNIFORM PLUMBNG CODE C °AA�"iXO°nn1b MAEROW SOCIETY OF MECWHIFAL ON. GALLONS NOT IN CONTRACT HEM ASUE ENGINEERS CC CESPAL CONTRACTOR NORMALLY OPEN VOLTS ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY - - - -- PNEL SlO IS A CO ARP ABO/2T E PINE MTN NI CROW MINTED DOYIO LOAD G 222 MPS. 1W NEW PANEL LOO Rm ME I. OWN R 252 MPS DNTfB N Tf REMwNG SCALE G SIR RD1X IA[ WOK NO TONY KM NOT CdSOEFEO M TNS lGD SLMNRI. MNERENI SOCIETY Of PLUMBNO OPE GALLONS PER HOUR MS NOT TO SCALE DA VARIABLE AN L 'SP E ENGINEERS GPM GALLONS PER IAN. OA OUTS MR IDE M3 VACUUM BREMNER BRAKE HORSE P0wEW HORSEPOwER PC PuluBmiG CONTRACTOR vED VARIABLE FRECUENEY ARIA£ PH BTU BFIRSH THERMAL UNIT HOUR PSI ARE VERIFY IN FIELD BTW NOW HSPE w E FACTOR POUNDS PER SOU INCH -UUGE me.m . GSA' OEM CUBIC FEET PER LOWTEnAR HUTNG. VENIIUTION. A AiS PTAO PACKAGED TERMINAL AN CONDITIONER VPV VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME CO CLEAN OUT 11VAR CONDIIKKARN POLWIWL CHLORIDE VENT STACK COP COEFFICIENT O PCRFORIANCE HERTZ M RETURN AR MR VENT TRW.. ROOF 1606A w ' C CHLORINATED PWTANYL CHLORIDE IBC NTSRNATONAL BURGS CODE RD ROOF GRIN CU CONDENSING UNIT ERUOL ENERGY LONSEMAigH RU RAPID LOAD AMPS WISH PERCENT RELATOR HUUgIIY JULY IS 2016 DDC ORECT DIGITAL CONTROLS ROY CW[E RD ROOF WERROW AP CHANCE IN PRESSURE DK DIAMETER NC NTERNAT.NAL MECHANICAL CODE wPBR REDUCED PRESSURE BACHELOR AT CHANCE IR TEMPERATURE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ACT AS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT, AND TO INCLUDE ALL OVERSIGHT AS SUCH. ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS BID. veerste Mechanical Legend Sheet EAT NG AN TEMPERATURE ITS INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE P e DEGREES GELCIUS EC ELECTRON CONTRACTOR PLC NTEORATEU PANT-LO. vALLE RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE DEGREES FAHREOHER EDS ENTERNG DRY BULB TEMPERATURE Kw KEOwAM SOY ROOF Ton UNIT DEGREES KELVIN EER ENERGY EFFS ENCY RAT. al N.1 L TEMPERATURE EAVING SA SUPPLY AIR 'R DEGREES RANKM ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE LB POUNDS FORGE SC SITE CONTRACTOR DAL RICHES WATER COLUMN E%RRWO TO RERAN LOB LFAVI S CRY BULB TEMPERATURE SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EKOIENCT RATIO OIAMETER EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER R LEADERS., ENERGY A • ELECTR.L PHASE !EEO NORINENTAL M 00 1 rvoTEsswrw SEAL j 16-x16• LOUVER MOUNT ABOVE WINDOW. j j REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR ELEV. TERMINATE M GRADE. 12• - .- - $ / "_- I � _ 11276' - _i 676' r J I f Ii,/% �'�I L _.... ...- - / -... • S ' r T j 1• IFS - -� I' �•� / T. 1 1°� t -. i ! \ `, 24i(RO' T0. - Y • ____J4"�I 4, Er I /i ��y E -f r .° uMIDIFICATION ` UNIT _ 111 el Ic'k, -�I J a F ° 1 I i P L 2 �:r -- �VAA 1 i.. .����j i:T.f7/ �� CONDEN C -101, F_ 1104 1 i.1L Lj F \\���\� 0 l ' rT- C� N. ICJ I L� -Al • HV /AC REPLACEMENT GRINER ENGINEERING, INC. 1628 First Avenue North BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD St. Petersburg, Horida 33713 Phone: (727) - 822 -2335 Fax: (727) -821 -3361 PHILLIES SPRING TRAINING FACILITY www.griner- engIneering.net CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Certificate of Authorization #3173 -, gal, 9 I I� - _I._ D � 1 Y, 7J ,I r 14_1 1 ri rT I F20712- t1��, J .- 1� E/\ \\ _ - 1 j'/ : ri l t . j _. -... -_ HP 10 I OB rj�12k1��- �L12'X12•rj1 3 T 20712' '5 NI � r ° 1 \m I ej- I J � I I., 'I. / I I m1 I i rm Ix z. SD I -. -. II III III =IIIr 4 12710 �I 24 -x14; I 1 4,�. -` - r . - /. \. « I - - I 1 J -�' F� F� 1Yi --.6.-.9 t 13 -x12' -- 13•X12' -1-.,� \ r- SD coNNµ DRAM 9 Jt`.�I ♦• 16 +nom_ T .u.oa Ie �l Ie �l J • _ EE z• X' \, ,___,, - _,,' p -- (j -� r- - I m m I- : °. _ -� I -1.i a - /' -, ;'_" LJ (G "' r _'r 71 1^ SD J SD EE �= 551 _ I "ILJ r ® I \ `_ \_ Al _fsJ I J��' N Key Plan cr) 1st Level (Lower Level) m 71.i I 11:,:i ; u,= m .. e. m m a. -_ =m -m m m 4- ; � I I -m2 �\w.m _0.4_4. �� ° L _ 22'2'4 m - - - m m -m '' = 1 -.•. j HTSlmonl I m =-� RMMATE DRAIN ABOVE GRADE. BALANB 4-r i � mT . w a. m m T 36712" T ��� =. -m , ..- T ____. _ 78-x12 -. _- _....� ____. T FSD --- 187t2'm SCALE N.T.S. - , ii' I r -�-- • ._ Fx1 �J 1 iL7 EI IIFS - -- �IIE I I I EI _ I I l 1 Ya' ° L/7T.JF_ MECHANICAL NOTES: Q I r9 L- T- - - -- 401 214 '� �. WI _ _ - -- dI I 7° c) LJ L-01 �l rl- _ _ - 1 _ C I - z BALANCE 147121, 20714'_ 9 I- - - - r„-1 I 1 20_,10' • 1 _ I _ _ O \ H4 Ton F'�I �j 1. IXISTING TRANSFER DUCT WORK TO REMAIN. • 1• I e I rT x F 36012 -� -I 1 m- m m L F�720' m jcl I ` oI L Ic �L___' �.�I , ` rT I LN I- �! ,I ,, MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: E` �c I II )4- ' ��� j 1. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION AS ALL REPAIR WORK SHAH THIS INCLUDED BY 1HE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE TO PRECONSTRUCTION CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES ALSO CDUNGS AND WALLS. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEILING GRID AND CEILING TILES AS NECESSARY. DAMAGED MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE HOSE KITS WITH NEW. 4. ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN AND BE UNDISTURBED EXCEPT AT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC UNITS BEING REPLACED. 5. ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED. 6. REMOVE, CLEAN AND REINSTALL BALANCING VALVES AND STRAINERS. 7. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO HEAT PUMP /AIR HANDLER. B. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS TEEMS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 9. REPLACE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS AND SPLIT SYSTEMS AS SHOWN. 10. REPLACE 000UNG TOWER PUMPS WLP -1 AND 2. 11. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. THERMOSTATS IN DIAMOND OUTFITTERS TO BE RELOCATED FOR BETTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL WALL PATCHING AND PANTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF IRIS CONTRACT. 10'e r j RBI rT 14I-I LJ ... _ t HP 4 Try II E I E ,. F� �i' - L -., I 3" ° ,.... 1 I I I NP -108 -107 I Ton I 1 Y' - ^� L,I I�� LJ 115 , a- . qam-.' �,. 144712 - ♦ 8712" . -- -� - k r'i I I HP -103 I7"/I ,I 1.5 Tan x LJ L a+ m- -a L_� -a• -,..11_,.._.7 - I...m - C? ©000170 I -_. I .._ LI I / Fr a .w m , -1- 0110 J i° 36714• U j 5. "' �� _ r m m I .- `•' 173 m m m 00 -m- m 111 - -_i, 4 ZS Taal 16714' L 16712" F�f �J IA- IC 1 I IA A ,I` LJ _ : • r F,I _TA 0�---- -1�.M I. In I- I I �a_ ± F"8 I� 1 - - -- IN -x12'- -, _...., - __. __ \ '__ -1$. -I '.,., .. H4 Tom �__ r ,A �. ° -- ....__ I� iI e ( \ II I ' ®� I I 9E y I - LJ A-FT�C D tI _ t L 10 -x10' �' 12-x10' Ly, r- 71 LJ r �� - 4i� 7 N ��i F� r� F,, x'I I"I I"I Ie I L -e -J 876• I I i EE ° I I I I jJ',j e I -& +L+ -I IC J cuEM..ce,...no.. cry OFCLEARWATER, FLORIDA _ _ - __d_ I I u71o• 1 I ,% FT,, -� I -_ J a71o• - - T r O �I L V_ .51 �� I Inc m m m m -m a .1 12 .4 ill IE HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND: F� i -- II 1 y. 14712" COMPACTOR I I °I I �' tt/�/��/ EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED qlL/�� BASE BID � 7� ICS r �� I� P -I ___ x l: i 3 Ton I -�n. Ir" m^ I °D- �7`)'Z - - -- a __ FB ` S. -Ei _ -I J _ _:• ,•; EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED • - - • •.•• ADDITIVE ALTERNATE t, I 20"14 - -14 X12 - - L . _,_„ l 'y/ i -1 .,' ,r � -... - - - -_ _ - - -- L% IGJ I I II I11° EE III -IrCJ 0 er PO THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED MD REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0• AFF) '� BASE BID • ` "II YI m = s HP -1028 4 Ton 1 G$ e+ A Ia► e jr�Ii� ' T \ I �J UP TO 4 rtx I THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (ADD. 4' -0" AFF) ADDITIVE ALTERNATE _ -. F- �J -� I SEE .. 1I ° FSD I V/ I eeInmea.uwn 16064 I � ! I �� 30714' \ \ \ i I HP -116 Ir 33 Ton I 1 J UP "�� _ - ALAI LEVEL � MAIN I GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: l V / I =I J DATE JULY 15, 2016 ^ k �#,''i (� IrF'�i Mrt'hI fr'` Ib'X101 „/ -.1. I - 1D7B / I��1 /' r__ TII °-.... �� / AI A / I 36730- • ••■� / /6L� -, 3• LOUVER MOUNT / II I� / - I I I �IIInIpHh SHEET TITLE Mechanical Lower Level 1. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACK EXISTING CIRCUITS TO TURN OFF BREAKERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL CEILING WORK (INCLUDING REMOVAL- REPLACEMENT -REUSE OF CEILING TITLES, LIGTHING FIXTURES AND /OR 4. EVERY CIRCUIT IDEN AND CIRCUIT CI IC MODIFICATION SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AS AND ITS CLEAR. C EVIDENT, AND IR SPECIFIC PURPOSE O USE, NOT P OF O TO LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES IF REQUIRED DURING THIS CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK. 5. WHEREVER THE WORD 'PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN 'FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.' 6. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 #12 AND 1I12 E.G IN 3/4' C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR HVAC WORK SCOPE. �� i 5 - - -- - - - -_- 1 I I O1 IIN� F -I- �. I I / ' - I e I I FBI LS I I \ T-�-� rL`I j' _ L� 11f > _. , 1 FBI J �- ! / °°I I !'I El I I�i, __ ' BOTTOM OF / I � COINER AT / ter`` -I 94 I.E.F. /S / /� / /, j i / � i ! / )," 4' !. i ^REMOVE �C �� / - II ..- �i!/ _ `Il / ' \\ \\ \1 AF1�.\6•f '� �� \ no. DAM esum var 8,08/1 FRMR COMM BIP 1. -11n 1 FSD I} _ �on I 1' 2 _Ty J 71I IC-I I E FBI I r - - - -- I 14-x12' 2� 1478' I /� REPLACE % :y- - - \ 4 / WLP -1 AND 2 \ \ 2 / \ \\ / / / /V /mil / MATCH LINE M10/B \, / -1 A , \\ qr ^r 7-71:- ���yLI{j��_ I sss - / .I�ISd� i ,. I / L SNFII wree M 1 01 A 'y' - �...,. ....,7.... .-r. rc'n'�- O Partial Lower Level Mechanical Replacement Plan A SCALE: 1/8" = 1-0" N Key Plan 1st Level (Lower Level) SCALE: N.T.S. MECHANICAL NOTES: O I. EXISTING TRANSFER DUCT WORK TO REMAIN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW 20 AMP BREAKERS REPLACING EXISTING 15 AMP BREAKERS (BASED ON THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS) NEW BREAKER SHALL MATCH PANEL MANUFACTURER AND AMP INTERRUPTION CAPACITY (AC). CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IS 112 AWG ((PLUS 1 AWG SIZE FOR EVERY 75 FEET OF DISTANCE) FROM PANEL TO LOAD CONNECTION POINT. VERIFY EXISTING DISCONNECT IS RATED FOR AT LEAST 20 AMPS. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION AS ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE TO PRECONSTRUCTION CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES ALSO COUNGS AND WALLS. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEIUNG GRID AND CEILING TILES AS NECESSARY. DAMAGED MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE HOSE KITS WITH NEW. 4. ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN AND BE UNDISTURBED EXCEPT AT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC UNITS BONG REPLACED. 5. ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED. 6. REMOVE, CLEAN AND REINSTALL BALANCING VALVES AND STRAINERS. 7. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO HEAT PUMP /AIR HANDLER. 8. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 9. REPLACE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS AND SPLIT SYSTEMS AS SHOWN. 10. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. THERMOSTATS IN DIAMOND OUTFIIILKS TO BE RELOCATED FOR BETTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL. WALL PATCHING AND PAINTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF THIS CONTRACT. HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND: z,=4, SE 4, EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED iv BA BID EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED •!�•!••••• ADDITIVE ALTERNATE v THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0" AFF) BASE BID THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MID. 4' -0" AFT) ADDITIVE ALTERNATE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACK EXISTING CIRCUITS TO TURN OFF BREAKERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL CEIUNG WORK (INCLUDING REMOVAL- REPLACEMENT -REUSE OF CEIUNG TITLES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND /OR CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES) TEMPORARY LIGHTING, REQUIREMENTS FROM THE AK) REQUIRED TO PERFORM ANY ELECTRICAL WORK. 4. EVERY CIRCUIT AND CIRCUIT MODIFICATION SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AS TO ITS CLEAR. EVIDENT. AND SPECIFIC PURPOSE OR USE, NOT UNITED TO LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES IF REQUIRED DURING THIS CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK. 5. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM." 6. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 112 AND 1112 E.G IN 3/4" C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR HVAC WORK SCOPE. LL 71 HP -112 V. V. 4. �:3.5 Ton ?' .). v - -- I Ve I ✓S \\" \� .18•D1 E1• . or \ )16"X12" \ \, !i \ " I -IGJ 1 MATCH ii !1.1-1121A 1y- UP d LA) I— . I'1-171 I HP -114A I- - -© 1 eAICJ 2,r1 Y' I 5 Ton K4__ 1 24X16"1 \\ \ \. , t\ \\ 2iI11" \ F $3 \, N; s \ \\. II AH -U 5,1 5 FSD, L FS C> FX Ir y I-2 I 6 J/ W- LEFBERT 5.5 Ton. / / 4,1 OB Partial Lower Level Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8 ".1' -0" PROFESSIONAL SEAt Z c;1"2) M O . L C c Za0 o o m C N N zLL „m �o W cto 15 C 8<0 W '0 d • a > O Z K V HV /AC REPLACEMENT BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD A CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA CONTRACTOR 11.011MATIOM DRAWN PO /. GSA a. 160641 W1i•fR DATE JULY 15,2016 HIM DIU Mechanical Lower Level DATE SET ISSUED f 09: WET 1.11110•ER M101B MATCHUNE (ON THIS PAGE) L 7' AHU -103 5 Ton rfej F L 8"X12" . y' \`1 C.O. Fc'11 F)�I ICJ !cJ 14"7(14" 28'114—" - m 1"4 ±— rc LcVJ I 1 N Key Plan 1st Level (Lower Level) SCALE: N.T.S. MECHANICAL NOTES: I. EXISTING TRANSFER DUCT WORK TO REMAIN. U U Z n r i c 4* O g3 ZzoN E C) . N O N W 0 > C 31 C .O 6Z _ O9 N Ql gN I N Z e9 `N` >^ 4i c O 11_ aD oc O. IN E N $ N 0 u MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLMON AS ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE TO PRECGNSTRUCTION CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES ALSO CEILINGS AND WALLS. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEIUNG GRID AND CEILING TILES AS NECESSARY. DAMAGED MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED IN –KIND. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE HOSE KITS WITH NEW. 4. ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN AND BE UNDISTURBED EXCEPT AT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC UNITS BEING REPLACED. 5. ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED. 6. REMOVE, CLEAN MID REINSTALL BALANCING VALVES AND STRAINERS. 7. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO HEAT PUMP /NR HANDIER. 8. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 9. REPLACE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS MID SPLIT SYSTEMS AS SHOWN. 10. REPLACE COOUNG TOWER PUMPS TAP -1 AND 2. 11. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE REPLACED IN –KIND. THERMOSTATS IN DIAMOND OUTFITTERS TO BE RELOCATED FOR BETTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL. WALL PATCHING AND PAINTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF THIS CONTRACT. 12. AH -104 TO HAVE CONDENSATE RESLOPED FR0M BELOW DRAIN PAN TO EXTERIOR WALL TO PREVENT DRAIN PAN OVERFLOW. 3. •'.VIDE • E D CT.• IN SU•PLY AN RETU DUC OF ALL UNITS OVER 1A C A A GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH –IN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACK EXISTING CIRCUITS TO TURN OFF BREAKERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL CEILING WORK (INCLUDING REMOVAL– REPLACEMENT –REUSE OF CEIUNG TITLES. LIGTHNG FIXTURES AND /OR CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES) TEMPORARY LIGHTING, REQUIREMENTS FROM THE AHJ REQUIRED TO PERFORM ANY ELECTRICAL WORK. 4. EVERY CIRCUIT AND CIRCUIT MODIFICATION SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AS TO ITS CLEAR, EVIDENT. AND SPECIFIC PURPOSE OR USE. NOT LIMITED TO LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES IF REQUIRED DURING THIS CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK. 5. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED. IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM." 6. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 #12 AND 1 #12 E.G IN 3/4" C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR HVAC WORK SCOPE. HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND: t�/7W-� YCL/ EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED BASE BID •••••.•••.••• EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED ADDITIVE ALTERNATE THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0" AFF) BASE BID THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0" AFF) ADDITIVE ALTERNATE OD Partial Lower Level Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" Z U U AL BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD L Y P AH -104 CU -102 10 Ton. CU -101 10 Ton. CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Condensate Through Wall 36"430" LOUVER MOUNT BOTTOM OF LOUVER AT 9'4" A.F.F. I 36"X30" 77 r� TERMINATE DRAIN 12" ABOVE GRADE. J 12"X9" wi Iii -A I :.1.F: -� rt•� Condensate on Exterior Wall la FR- 15'512 ", 0 C 01.01.0 104 INFOIXAMION DRAWN PO .. UI -L , L 30"X15" (STING DRY NOVELTY WELL STORAGE C.U. 4 Ton. 22 '114" 1 A. - '. -. -. -:.LIRE -101 I 10 Ton 1 I x3J I_J Partial Lower Level Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" 1 L- ...._.. Existing Dry Well 1_22"X14" I I'J M101 C DESERT ARE 2.5 Ton r i 1 1 1 J I DUCTWORK I J BELOW L J ERV -101 8500V MECHANICAL NOTES: Q 1. EXISTING TRANSFER DUCT WORK TO REMAIN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW 20 AMP BREAKERS REPLACING EXISTING 15 AMP BREAKERS (BASED ON THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS) NEW BREAKER SHALL MATCH PANEL MANUFACTURER AND AMP INTERRUPTION CAPACITY (NC). CONTRACTOR 511511 VERIFY BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING 5 512 MG ((PLUS 1 AWG SIZE FOR EVERY 75 FEET OF DISTANCE) FROM PANEL TO LOAD CONNECTION POINT. VERIFY EXISTING DISCONNECT IS RATED FOR AT LEAST 20 AMPS. 3. NEW COOLING TOWER (CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLER) TO BE INSTALLED. REPLACE ALL PIPING AND ASSOCIATED REVS FR011 THE COOLING TOWER TO 711E BUTTERFLY VALVE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ANY PIPING MODIFICATIONS DUE 10 HEIGHT. PAINT PIPING WHITE. WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED, STORED, REINSTALLED AND RECONNECTED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 4. PROVIDE WITH PROPER DRAIN PAN AND CONDENSATE ROUTING. REFER TO DEGAS. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ACTUAL ELECTRICAL FEED LOCATION FOR OH -1 UNIT. VERIFY [001150 FEEDER AND PANEL BREAKER ARE CAPABLE TO SUPPORT A 30 AMP MOCP AS REQUIRED FOR NEW UNIT. PROVIDE NEW WIRING AND BREAKERS IF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DOES 1407 MEET NEW REQUIREMENTS." REVIEW MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ORDER /ROUGH IN. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING 0EM0110014 AS ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED BY THE MECHANIC/J. CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE TO PRECONSTRUCRON CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES ALSO CENNGS AND WALLS. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEILING GRID AND CEILING TILES /5 NECESSARY. DAMAGED MATERIAL 5411111 BE REPLACED IN -KING. 3. REMOVE 4140 REPLACE HOSE KITS WITH NEW. 4. ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN AND BE UNDISTURBED EXCEPT AT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC UNITS BEING REPLACED. 5. ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING 70 REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED. 6. REMOVE. CLEAN AND REINSTALL BALANCING VALVES AND 570145(05. 7. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO HEAT PUMP /AIR HANDLER. 8. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 115 REWIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL 575756. 9. REPLACE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS AND SPUR SYSTEMS AS SHOWN. 10. REPLACE 0000440 TOWER PUMPS WLP -1 AND 2. 11. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. THERMOSTATS IN DWK)ND OUTFITTERS TO BE RELOCATED FOR BETTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL. WALL PATCHING AND PA51150 SHALL BE 114E RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF 1915 CONTRACT. 12. HP -206 CONDENSATE UNE TO BE CLEANED OUT 50 THAT WATER DOES NOT OVERFLOW 144E DRAIN PAN. 13. HP -204 5 TO REMOVED AND A 3.5 TON UNIT REINSTALLED IN OS SPACE. DEMO AND ENLARGE 00111E IN TRANSFORMER ROOM 115 SHOWN. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: PROFESS HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND: t�tJ��7J/J EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO DE REMOVED AND REPLACED `k//�� BASE BID EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED !�!•!!•��•• ADDITIVE ALTERNATE THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0. 055) BASE BID THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0• AFF) ADDITIVE ALTERNATE vId T :-----J 1 , -- IL, di it f °� 1 8"X18 1 10X10 ' • Fr -- -_8 "_0 _ -rN 8k18r TO ROOF 1816" 11= ROOF LOUVER MOUNT ' o7 1 1•.' Im IN 1 BOTTOM OIIVER AT % 1 IN 11 12X8• r_�I IL ILJ IcJ L - - -cl '•�I 10'8• AF.5. L._I 10"7(10'I , I MATCH UNE A (THIS SHEET LC J ' J 8k6" tcri L I J 14" UP1 i" p \ / LIZ', 1 J J DN _1,4 _i, f1 IC a-ss� ,, _A 6" UIG UP . \I U Z r L . c 05 0 17 0 E N o cs1 O1) 44 0 Z (I) 5 o a 01 N a Z . LL d c o W 0 0 C m O o O i moo d L w 0 Z E 0 1 U 1. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACK EXISTING CIRCUITS TO TURN OFF BREAKERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL CEIUNG WORK (INCLUDING REMOVAL- REPLACEMENT -REUSE OF CEILING TITLES, LIGTHING FIXTURES AND /OR CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES) TEMPORARY UGHTING, REQUIREMENTS FROM THE AHJ REQUIRED TO PERFORM ANY ELECTRICAL WORK, f F,0I____ -- 1 L J ) °� 2 r_ iL-- 1-- n245(12• ; �FyI J 11 1 Y; "L , 1r 6 1 r 141-.1 HP-205 20.7(12 1 3 Ton I I+;`T,i 1 IA 1 II, L..1.1 1 '1 I _ -F+ _ _ J I 6/7/.L_ HP -204 1" II-1.71 J - T _ F IAl 2S%%%%� To PROVIDE (cj �I / ✓I FYr Y.3 ' NEW 12X1z L SUPPLY GRILLE 1 EvY .� �J i I�el 10.17(10• vrii' �;„ \ \ =1:,-,-1 - ! rl '} �i i / \ HP -206 , �� a 1 �' �,..I e _ ° f 31on ,^' ' ' //��F II \ \ ✓, \O ���� , s .A u3 t0 'I T,T- T45f21r •X6" HP 202 4 Ton 1 rnwn Kw 0" , y .1 1/ "PA / L___p� \, - -4 18'X16" 27'X1 • •'a ; ; LOUVER MOUNT % 1 "�' a �J // BOTTOM of •V // LOUVER AT /� U2"7n, V �/f 1018" A.F.F. / �/ I7 r / 4•X12',. ` `V �/ �� � �� ■ 1 UP & 1Yi DN CONDENSATE UNE TO BE CLEANED OUT ''..\ ;11 10"%10" I 11, 27X16 4•X16• \\ \ Ek \\ h/ ,'`... / 16"X12• %% /_. / ` J �-J/ J // II ---E Q Ey % // ,F „a - / 6"X6 \�, / y v® //' .;r -_k'!k, 1 5'}(12 // 1 Yi� �'.`/� i 7� \/// ��l 20.7(10" 4/�� Y 7 i 6"X18' / S" __R ABOVE i�1k7,i /' 000R Lj i �' /I / 514 4. EVERY CIRCUIT AND CIRCUIT MODIFICATION SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AS TO ITS CLEAR, EVIDENT, AND SPECIFIC PURPOSE OR USE, NOT UNITED TO UGHTS AND RECEPTACLES IF REQUIRED DURING THIS CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK. 5. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM." 6. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 512 AND 1012 E.G IN 3/4" C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR HVAC WORK SCOPE. De U a BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD CLEW tiOR CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA p HP -2078 5 Ton CONTRACTOR 1 er_iLOCATE 20 "0 SPIRAL' DUCTWORK AT 8'6" AF.F. RELOCA v / \ L 1T / _ Tlt iL J PO GSA E 9 1606' DATE JULY 15, 2016 HIM TIM Mechanical Concourse FVM18111DFRMIT 00 CU -10.3 5 Ton. d 9 OA Partial Concourse Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" OC Partial Concourse Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" OB Partial Concourse Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" M102 N Key Plan 3rd Level SCALE: N.T.S. MECHANICAL NOTES: 0 . 1. EXISTING TRANSFER DUCT WORK TO REMAIN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW 20 AMP BREAKERS REPLACING EXISTING 15 AMP BREAKERS (BASED ON THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS) NEW BREAKERS SHALL MATCH PANEL MANUFACTURER AND AMP INTERRUPTION CAPACITY (ANC). CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IS #12 AWG (PLUS I AWG SIZE FOR EVERY 75 FEET OF DISTANCE) FROM PANEL TO LOAD CONNECTION POINT. VERIFY EXISTING DISCONNECT IS RATED FOR AT LEAST 20 AMPS. 3. NEW CONDENSING AND AIR HANDLERS UNITS 001 AND 302. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW NEMA 3R MINI POWER CENTER MANUFACTURED BY EATON 0 P48O28T21P OR EQUAL RUN NEW 4 j 8, 10 10 E.G. IN 1" CONDUIT FROM PANEL SH3 (LOCATED AT DIAMOND DUGOUT ROOM j 01.33.04). PROVIDE NEW 30 AMP 3 POLE BREAKER AT AN AVAILABLE SPACE MATCH PANEL MANUFACTURER AND AMP INTERRUPTION CAPACITY (NC). REVISE PANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY AS NEEDED USING TYPED LETTERS IN A PERMANENT MEDIA. LOCATE REVISED CIRCUS DIRECTORY INSIDE PANEL DOOR. PROVIDE 30 AMP 2 POLE BREAKERS IN NEW MINI POWER CENTER. RUN NEW (3) /10, 1 E 10 EG. IN IT CONDUIT. 30 AMP NON FUSED 2 POLE MANUAL LOCKABLE MEANS OF DISCONNECTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH UNIT IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED BASE BID 1. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION AS ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE TO PRECONSTRUCTION CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES ALSO CEIUNGS AND WALLS. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEIUNG GRID AND CEILING TILES AS NECESSARY. DAMAGED MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE HOSE KITS WITH NEW. 4. AU. EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN AND BE UNDISTURBED EXCEPT AT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC UNITS BEING REPLACED. 5. ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED. 6. REMOVE, CLEAN AND REINSTALL BALANCING VALVES AND STRAINERS. 7. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO HEAT PUMP/AIR HANDLER. 8. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 9. REPLACE WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS AND SPLIT SYSTEMS AS SHOWN. 10. REPLACE COOUNG TOWER PUMPS WLP -1 AND 2. 11. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE REPLACED IN -KIND. THERMOSTATS IN DIAMOND ODUII IEKS TO BE RELOCATED FOR BETTER TEMPERATURE CONTROL. WALL PATCHING AND PANTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF THIS CONTRACT. 12. HP -301 AND HP -304 ARE LOCATED ABOVE HARD CEILINGS. CARE MUST BE TAKEN DURING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF REPLACEMENT. CEIUNG TO BE REPAIRED, PATCHED MD CEILING TILES TO MATCH ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 13. NEW MINI -SPOTS TO BE ADDED TO DIAMOND CLUB. NONE CURRENTLY INSTALLED. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE EXACT OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACK EXISTING CIRCUITS TO TURN OFF BREAKERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 3. SCOPE OF WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL CEILING WORK (INCLUDING REMOVAL - REPLACEMENT -REUSE OF CEIUNG TITLES, LIGT RING FIXTURES AND /OR CEIUNG MOUNTED DEVICES) TEMPORARY LIGHTING, REQUIREMENTS FROM THE AHJ REQUIRED TO PERFORM ANY ELECTRICAL WORK. 4. EVERY CIRCUIT AND CIRCUIT MODIFICATION SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AS TO ITS CLEAR, EVIDENT, AND SPECIFIC PURPOSE OR USE, NOT LIMITED TO LIGHTS AND RECEPTACLES IF REQUIRED DURING THIS CONTRACT SCOPE OF WORK. 5. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM." 6. NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 #12 AND 1012 E.G IN 3/4" C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR HVAC WORK SCOPE. J jr 11 TO ROOF._ _ I `i ml i I C- _'J=- `t_i_.1 /� /' `,/ /h Ey // , / / I_ I ._ 01 FBI I 1 E a n - - -�,� y O - 12-X8• 127(7" /2k1 1-J :' V' ` � ,,/ 0 _ ;i i I' it 1."J / , r71 4497L14" / A, 2 12 14. / LWN LDI ON I. / / r 42 1 - -a l_ L L F0-/1 16"O16" '^ 114' 1 Ic J DUCT UP TO 11l 8"X6" OA INTAKE �_ - -A 10"X8" r -- A14 -X8" ` Y r-- �i \ I 1 1 1` ) /T �� 107(10" I NB 1_4:7! 1 !,( r4 V:G TO INTA(E� I O, �/ \\\ / L� HOOD I I J n,( y U2" F *�I I t 113P-T.30,2 / Y� IcJ 111 i �- I 1 T � ' 12718" J 1 r 13"(10" ir "/ // / / / / // ./ OThird Floor Mechanical Replacement Plan SCALE: 1/8^ = 1'-0" HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND: ttom�j7.� AM "«./IM EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED BASE BID ••••••••••• EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED ADDITIVE ALTERNATE THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MTD. 4' -0" AFF) BASE BID THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED (MID. 4' -0" AFF) ADDITIVE ALTERNATE N I I PROPOSED LOCATION FOR NEW IF/AC UNIT 7'1 B1 Diamond Club Mechanical Existing Plan SCALE: 1/8^ = 1' -0" CN NEMA 3R 22.5 KVA 3 PH MINI POWER CENTER PANEL AND TRANSFORMER COMBO B2 Diamond Club Mechanical Renovation Plan SCALE: 1/5" = 1'-0" PROFESSIONAL SEAt HV /AC REPLACEMENT BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD CLEW INFORMADON CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA z CONTRACTOR t■FORMATION DRAWN PO s. RENEWED 1 GSA GEIPROJEC 16064' MASER DATE JULY 15, 2016 SHEET Mechanical Third Floor DATE SET ISSUED FOR: SHEET NIDASER M103 NEW UNITS TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS - 1ST FLOOR MURK HP -100A HP -1008 HP -100C HP -101 HP -102A HP -102B HP -103 HP -104 HP -105 HP -106 HP -107 HP -108 HP -109 HP -110 HP -112 HP -113 CONFIGURATION um HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED SUPPLY CFM 1140 1140 1330 1140 1520 1520 570 760 1900 1330 1520 915 1520 760 1330 500 OUTSIDE AR CFM 0 0 800 170 900 900 0 160 300 120 310 360 1030 300 315 0 STATIC PRESSURE (EXT./TOT.) IN. H2O 0.665 0.665 0.549 0.665 0.921 0.921 0.596 0.545 0.526 0.549 0.847 0.889 0.847 0.545 0.549 0.652 MOTOR HP 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1.0 1.0 1/3 1/3 1.0 1/2 1.0 1/2 1.0 1/3 1/2 1/3 ENTERING NR TEMP. 'F DB 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 77.4/65.1 77.4/65.1 76.4/63.0 77.0/64.7 76.8/64.5 76.8/64.5 LEAVING AR TEMP. 'F D6/WB 55.66/53.14 55.61/53.71 57.14/54.97 57.14/54.97 55.35/53.15 57.17/54.97 56.9 /54.16 56.9/54.18 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 10.0 10.71 11.8 11.8 10.0 10.0 PRE -ALTER EFFICIENCY DEPTH / % MEIN 8 MEIN B MERV 8 MEIN 8 COOLING LBS 428 428 343 343 EER - -- 13.4 13.4 14.5 14.5 COP - -- 4.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 32.43 32.43 40.86 32.73 48.43 48.43 16.64 22.8 57.38 39.18 - 48.00 31.96 48.75 23.15 39.33 17.22 SENSIBLE CAPACDY MBH 25.15 25.15 30.66 24.92 34.01 34.01 12.83 16.19 41.83 30.7 35.23 21.46 33.91 15.88 31.36 12.87 ENTERING AR TEMP. 'F DB/WB 75.0/62.6 75.0/62.6 78.6/65.5 75.9/63.6 78.6/66.4 78.6/66.4 75.0/62.6 76.3/64.0 75.9/63.5 75.5/62.6 76.2/64.0 77.4/65.2 79.1/661 77.4/65.3 76.4/63.0 75.0/62.6 LEAVING AIR TEMP. 'F DB/WB 54.85/52.69 54.85/52.69 57.55/55.39 55.94/53.81 58.17/56.09 58.17/56.09 54.45/52.40 56.85/53.82 55 .8/53.12 54.42/52.30 55.04 /53.22 55 .99/53.46 58.73/56.63 58.32 /55.24 54.87/52.74 57.10/54.89 5.0 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 10.0 10.0 11.8 10.0 7.3 7.3 5.0 6.7 16.8 11.8 12.78 10.0 7.3 6.7 11.8 PIPING TAGS ENT. / LVG. 068 /098 064/099 066/100 067/093 065/096 054/ 097 056/ 092 063/091 062/090 061 /089 058/068 059/ 087 057/086 049/085 046 /083 047/082 WATER PRESS. DROP FT. H2O 7.3 7.3 19.2 7.3 4.2 4.2 9.2 14.7 19.0 19.2 11.25 7.3 4.2 14.7 19.2 9.2 HEATING 20.0 20.0 ELECTRICAL V / PH L HZ 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 MANUFACTURER - -- TRIBE TRANE TRIBE TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 47.5 47.5 53.0 47.5 57.5 57.5 22.9 30.8 74.6 53.0 61.19 46.98 57.5 30.8 53.0 22.74 ENTERING NR TEMP. 'F DB 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 PRE -FILTER EFFICIENCY DEPTH / % MERV 8 MERV 8 MEIN 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 METH 8 MEIN 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 6 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 UNIT WEIGHT LBS 343 343 318 343 428 428 268.0 285.0 428 318 428 343 428 285 318 268.0 EER - -- 14.5 14.5 13.6 14.5 13.9 13.9 13.3 14.4 13.4 13.6 13.9 14.5 13.9 14.4 13.6 13.3 COP - -- 4.6 4.8 4.6 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.6 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.8 MCA AMPS 8.7 8.7 9.2 8.7 10.58 10.58 11.16 5.45 12.45 9.2 10.58 8.7 10.58 5.45 9.2 11.16 MOCP AMPS 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 ELECTRICAL V / PH / HZ 460 /3/60 460 /3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 265/1/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 265/1/60 MANUFACTURER - -- TRANS TRANE TRANE TRANE MANE TRANE TRANE TRINE TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE MODEL NO. - -- GEHE03541H0110BROO1 GEHE03541H01108L001 GEHE04241H021061001 GEHE03541H0110BL001 GEHE04841H0110RL001 GEHE04841H011ORL001 GEHE01871140210RL001 GEHE02441H021081.001 GEHE06041H0210LR001 GEHE04241H021GRR001 GEHE04841H011ORL001 GEHE03541H021ORR001 GEHE04841H0110BROO1 GEHE02441H0210LL001 GEHE042H0210R1601 GEHE01871H0110RH001 NOTES - -- 1 -4 1 -4 1 -4 1 -4 1 -4 1-4 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 50003 1. PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 2. DIVISION 16 (ELECTRICAL) TO PROVIDE STARTER/DISCONNECT. 3. PROVIDE (2) TWO SETS OF FILTERS. 4. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CONDENSATE PUMP FOR FC -1.4 AND FC -1.5. NEW UNITS TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS - 1ST FLOOR MARL HP -114A HP -1148 HP -115 HP -116 CONFIGURATION HP -206 HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED SUPPLY CFM 1900 1900 1140 1140 OUTSIDE NR um 750 750 400 100 STATIC PRESSURE (EXT./TOT.) IN. 920 0.526 0.526 0.665 0.665 MOTOR HP 1.0 1.0 1/2 1/2 0 0 0 0 STATIC PRESSURE (EXT.) IN. H2O 0.806 0.847 0.549 0.549 0.665 0.665 COOLING 0.526 MOTOR HP 1/3 1.0 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 58.9 58.9 33.37 32.43 SENSIBLE CAPACOY MBH 41.07 41.07 24.62 25.77 ENTERING MR TEMP. •F DB/WB 77.4/651 77.4/65.2 77.1/64.9 75.5/62.6 LEAVING MR TEMP. 'F 08/88 57.66/54.92 57.66/54.92 57.38/55.18 54.86/52.69 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 16.80 16.80 10.0 10.0 PIPING TAGS ENT. / LVG. 052/094 053/095 055 /081 048 /080 WATER PRESS. DROP FT. H2O 19.0 19.0 7.3 7.3 HEATING 33.27 5828 58.26 SENSIBLE CAPACITY MBH TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 74.6 74.6 47.50 47.50 ENTERING NR TEMP. 'F DB 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 77.4/65.1 77.4/65.1 76.4/63.0 77.0/64.7 76.8/64.5 76.8/64.5 LEAVING AR TEMP. 'F D6/WB 55.66/53.14 55.61/53.71 57.14/54.97 57.14/54.97 55.35/53.15 57.17/54.97 56.9 /54.16 56.9/54.18 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 10.0 10.71 11.8 11.8 10.0 10.0 PRE -ALTER EFFICIENCY DEPTH / % MEIN 8 MEIN B MERV 8 MEIN 8 UNIT WEIGHT LBS 428 428 343 343 EER - -- 13.4 13.4 14.5 14.5 COP - -- 4.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 MCA NAPS 12.45 12.45 8.7 8.7 MOCP AMPS 20.0 20.0 15.0 15.0 ELECTRICAL V / PH / HZ 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 MANUFACTURER - -- TRANE TRINE TRANE THANE MODEL NO. - -- CEHE06041H0210BL001GEHE06041H0210BROO1 68.0 GEHE03541H0110BL001 GEHE03541H011ORL001 NOTES - -- 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 1 -3 NOTES 1. PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 2. DIVISION 16 (ELECTRICAL) TO PROVIDE STARTER/DISCONNECT. 3. PROVIDE (2) TWO SETS OF ALTERS. 4. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CONDENSATE PUMP FOR FC -1.4 AND FC -1.5. NEW UNITS TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS - 2ND FLOOR MARK HP -201 HP -202 HP -203 HP -204 HP -205 HP -206 HP -207A HP -20713 CONFIGURATION HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED SUPPLY CFM 915 1520 1330 1330 1140 1140 1900 1900 OUTSIDE NR CFM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STATIC PRESSURE (EXT.) IN. H2O 0.806 0.847 0.549 0.549 0.665 0.665 0.526 0.526 MOTOR HP 1/3 1.0 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1.0 1.0 COOLING TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 31.82 48.0 40.60 40.60 32.50 33.27 5828 58.26 SENSIBLE CAPACITY MBH 21.48 35.11 29.51 29.51 26.28 24.76 41.4 41.4 ENTERING MR TEMP. 'F DB/V113 77.1 /64.9 76.7/64.4 77.4/65.1 77.4/65.1 76.4/63.0 77.0/64.7 76.8/64.5 76.8/64.5 LEAVING AR TEMP. 'F D6/WB 55.66/53.14 55.61/53.71 57.14/54.97 57.14/54.97 55.35/53.15 57.17/54.97 56.9 /54.16 56.9/54.18 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 10.0 10.71 11.8 11.8 10.0 10.0 16.8 16.8 PIPING TAGS ENT. / LVG. 011/021 012/022 013/023 014/024 015/025 016/026 017/027 018/028 WATER PRESS. DROP FT. H2O 7.3 8.23 191 19.2 7.3 7.3 19.0 19.0 HEATING TOTAL CAPACITY MBA 46.98 60.19 53.0 53.0 47.5 47.5 74.6 74.6 ENTERING AR TEMP. 'F DB 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 PRE -FILTER EFFICIENCY DEPTH / 0 MERV 8 MERV 8 METH 8 MERV B METH 8 MEIN B MERV 8 MERV 8 UNIT WEIGHT LBS 343 428 318 318 343 343 428 428 EER - -- 14.5 13.9 13.6 13.6 14.5 14.5 13.4 13.4 COP - -- 4.8 4.8 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.5 MCA AMPS 8.7 10.58 9.2 9.2 8.7 8.7 12.45 12.45 MOCP AMPS 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 ELECTRICAL V / PH L HZ 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460 /3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 MANUFACTURER - -- TRIBE TRANE TRIBE TRANE TRINE TRINE TRIBE TRANS MODEL NO. - -- GEHE03541H02108R001 GEHE04841H0110LL001 GEHE04241H021013R001 GEHE04241H0110BROO1 GEHE03541H0110f1001 GEHE03541H0110LL001 GEHE06041H0210R1.001 GEHE06041H021ORL001 NOTES - -- ALL ALL ILL ALL ALL _ ALL ALL ALL NMIE5 1. PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 2. DIVISION 16 (ELECTRICAL) TO PROVIDE STARTER/DISCONNECT. 3. PROVIDE (2) TWO SETS OF ALTERS. PROFESMONAL SEAL HV /AC REPLACEMENT BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD cLeir CRY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA CONTRACTOR NiORMADON DRAWN PO e. REVIEWED .. GSA GEI PROJECT Mg (6064 I E F 1 DATE JULY 15, 2016 SHEET TITLE Mechanical Schedules DATE SE1651JED DR: SHEET CAMDEN M201 NEW UNITS TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS - 3RD FLOOR MARK AH- 301, 302 HP -301 HP -302 HP -303 HP -304 HP -305 HP -306 CONFIGURATION R -410A HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED HORIZONTAL DUCTED SUPPLY CFM 1900 1140 1140 1900 1900 760 OUTSIDE AIR CFM 0 0 0 0 0 0 STATIC PRESSURE (EXT./TOT.) IN. H2O 0.526 0.665 0.665 0.526 0.526 0.545 MOTOR HP 1.0 1/2 1/2 1.0 1.0 1/3 No. 1 CIRCUITS No. 1 ELECTRIC V /4 /HZ 208- 230/1/60 MCA/MOCP AMPS 25/30 SEER 14 WEIGHT LBS. 163 CONDENSING UNIT TO BE LOCATED ON ROOF AND TO BE MOUNTED ACCORDING TO FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. COOLING 60.22/58.79 56.2/55.1 - HEAT CAPACITY KW /STEPS 24.92 24.92 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 57.92 33.07 33.42 58.28 59.35 23.13 SENSIBLE CAPACITY MBH 4128 24.93 24.48 41.19 40.99 16.06 ENTERING AIR TEMP. 'F DB/WB 76.3/64.1 76.7/64.3 77.1/65.0 76.7/64.5 77.9/65.7 77.5/65.2 LEAVING AIR TEMP. 'F DB/WB 56.46/53.76 56.73/54.55 57.49/55.29 56.9/54.18 58.20 /55.45 58.2/55.13 CHILLED WATER FLOW GPM 16.8 10.0 10.0 16.8 16.8 6.7 PIPING TAGS ENT. / LVG. 031/041 032/042 033/043 034/044 035/045 036/046 WATER PRESS. DROP FT. 1120 19.0 7.3 7.3 19.0 19.0 14.7 HEATING WEIGHT LBS. 429 429 200 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 74.6 47.5 47.5 74.6 74.6 30.8 ENTERING AIR TEMP. 'F DB 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 PRE -FILTER EFFICIENCY DEPTH / R MERV B MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MEW 8 UNIT WEIGHT LBS 428 343 343 428 428 285.0 EER - -- 13.4 14.5 14.5 13.4 13.4 14.4 COP - -- 4.5 4.8 4.8 4.5 4.5 4.7 MCA AMPS 12.45 8.7 8.7 12.45 12.45 5.45 MOCP AMPS 20.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 15.0 ELECTRICAL V / PH / HZ 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 MANUFACTURER - -- TRANS TRANS TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE MODEL NO. - -- GEHE06041H021ORL001 GEHE03541H0110LR001 GEHE03541H0110LR001 GEHB060 GEHE06041H011ORLOOI GEHE02441H01 1 OLR001 NOTES - -- ALL 2 -4 2 -4 2 -4 2 -4 2 -4 NEU 1. NO ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. PLAN SCHEDULE INDICATES EQUIVALENCY TO A 5 TON WSHP. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. 2. PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 3. DIVISION 16 (ELECTRICAL) TO PROVIDE STARTER/DISCONNECT. 4. PROVIDE (2) TWO SETS OF FILTERS. DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM DX AHU SCHEDULE AIR HANDLER No. AH- 301, 302 LOCATION DIAMOND CLUB MANUFACTURER MITSUBISHI AIR HANDLER MODEL No. PKAA36KA6 REFRIGERANT R -410A NOMINAL CAPACITY TONS 3.0 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 34.0 ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE DB'F/WB'F 80.0 /67.0 ELECTRIC V /H /HZ 208- 230/1/60 WEIGHT LBS 46 NOTES 1 -6 NEM 1. PROVIDE WITH PROGRAMMABLE T -STAT. 2. FURNISH WITH THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE. 3. REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PIPE LENGTHS. 4. PROVIDE WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 5. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CONDENSATE PUMP. 6. INDOOR UNIT POWERED FROM OUTDOOR UNIT. DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM DX CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE CONDENSING UNIT No. CU- 301, 302 MANUFACTURER MITSUBISHI MODEL No. PUYA3614HA6 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DITF 95 COMPRESSORS No. 1 STEPS OF CAPACITY No. 1 CIRCUITS No. 1 ELECTRIC V /4 /HZ 208- 230/1/60 MCA/MOCP AMPS 25/30 SEER 14 WEIGHT LBS. 163 CONDENSING UNIT TO BE LOCATED ON ROOF AND TO BE MOUNTED ACCORDING TO FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. COOLING TOWER SCHEDULE UNIT NO. CT -1 CAPACITY TONS 133 CAPACITY MBH 1,989 FLUID TYPE HORIZONTAL WATER FLOW GPH 306 ENTERING FLUID TEMP DEG. F 103 LEAVING FLUID TEMP DEG. F 90 FAN MOTOR HP 10.00 PUMP MOTOR HP 2.00 AIR FLOW CFM 39,030 SPRAY WATER GPM 410.0 PRESSURE DROP THROUGH COL PSI 9.80 EVAPORATED WATER RATE GPM 3.18 RISER PIPE DLAMTER INCHES 4 VOLTAGE V -PH -HZ 460 -3 -60 OPERATING WEIGHT LBS 15280.0 DIMENSIONS L X W 0 0 8'11.5'XS'S.5'X12'6.375' MANUFACTURER 47.89 EVAPCO MODEL NO. ENT. AIR TEMP. ATWB 9 -519-ZC NOTES ALL 1. PROVIDE INVERTER FAN MOTOR, PREMIUM EFFICIENCY. 2. INSTALL PER IBC STANDARD STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA. 3. PROVIDE 304 STAINLESS STEEL COIL. 4. PROVIDE 304 STAINLESS STEEL UPPER. 5. PROVIDE WELDED STAINLESS STEEL COLD WATER BASIN. 6. PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED CROSS OVER PIPING. 7. PROVIDE WITH VIBRATION SWITCH. NEW UNITS TO REPLACE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM AIR HANDLER UNIT SCHEDULE AIR HANDLER NO. AHU -101 AHU -102 AHU -103 AHU -104 AHU - DESERT AIRE (DH -1) ARRANGEMENT HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL AIRFLOW CFM 3200 4000 1950 1600 1400 OUTSIDE AIR CFM 950 650 - - 0 AREA SERVED COMPRESSORS VISITING TEAM VISITING TEAM WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE REHAB EXT. STATIC PRESSURE IN. 620 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 TOTAL CAPACITY MBH 112.17 114.86 58.09 46.55 42.065 SENSIBLE CAPACITY MBH 80.45 90.16 47.89 37.25 23.662 ENT. AIR TEMP. DB/WB 80/67 80/67 80/67 78/65 82.0/71.4 LVG. AIR TEMP. DB/WEI 55.67/55.11 58.43/57.54 60.22/58.79 56.2/55.1 - HEAT CAPACITY KW /STEPS 24.92 24.92 18.0 7.2/9.6 011 FAN MOTOR BHP 2.54 2.83 0.75 0.75 1.0 ELECTRIC V/PH /HZ 240/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 208 - 230/1/60 460/3/60 MCA AMPS 86.4 43.2 24.0 55.0 27.0 MOCP AMPS 90.0 45.0 25.0 60.0 30.0 AIR FILTER EFFICIENCY DESERT AIRE MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MERV 8 MANUFACTURER RC5S01 BC2H40700 TRANE TRANE TRANS TRANS DESERT AIRE MODEL NO. SEE SELECTION DATA TWE120 TWE120 TWE060 GAM5BOC48MTSA LCO3 WEIGHT LBS. 429 429 200 186 755 NOTES ALL ALL ALL ALL SEE SELECTION DATA NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 2. PROVIDE FACTORY WASHABLE FILTER. 3. DISCONNECT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 5. PROVIDE COMPLETE 1ST YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. NEW UNITS TO REPLACE SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE CONDENSING UNIT NO W -101 CU -102 CU -103 CU -104 CU- DESERT AIRE NOMINAL TONNAGE COOLING TOWER 10 10 5.0 4.0 - COMPRESSOR TYPE MOTOR SCROLL SCROLL SCROLL SCROLL SCROLL AMBIENT TEMP. DB DEG. F. 95 95 95 95 95 COMPRESSORS NO. 1 I 1 1 1 STEPS OF CAPACITY NO. 1 1 I I 1 CIRCUITS NO. 1 1 1 I 1 ELECTRIC V/PH /HZ 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 208- 230/1/60 460/3/60 COMPRESSOR AAPACITY RLA FLA (2) 8.6 2.5 (2) 8.6 2.5 9.6 1.0 18.5 0.95 - - FAN MOTOR AAPACITY MCA AMPS 21.9 21.9 13.0 24.0 4.0 MOCP AMPS 25.0 25.0 20.0 40.0 6.0 EFFICIENCY - COOLING SEER 11.2 EER 11.2 EER 13.0 14.5 - REFRIGERANT TYPE R -410A R -410A R -410A R -410A R -410A WEIGHT LEIS 424 424 250 212 215 MANUFACTURER TRANE TRANE TRANE TRANE DESERT AIRE MODEL NO. TTA120H400A TTA120H400A 2TTA0060A4000AA 4TTR4048L1 RC5S01 BC2H40700 NOTES ALL ALL ALL ALL SEE SELECTION DATA NOTES: 1. FURNISH WITH LOW AMBIENT OPTION. 2. PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANT CONDENSER COIL COATING. 3. DISCONNECT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. PROVIDE COMPLETE 1ST YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. 5. PROVIDE LONG LINE SET REFRIGERANT PIPING FOR LENGTHS OVER 50 FT. VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER. COOLING TOWER PUMP SCHEDULE MARK WLP -1, WLP -2 TYPE END SUCTION BASE MOUNTED SERVICE COOLING TOWER WATER FLOW RATE GPM 307 TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD FT. 65 MOTOR BHP 6.71 MOTOR HP 7.5 MOTOR SPEED RPM 1750 MOTOR TYPE ODP IMPELLER SIZE (DNA.) IN. 8.875 SUCTION CONN. (DIA.) IN. 3 DISCHARGE CONN. (DIA.) IN. 2.5 ELECTRICAL VOLTS / PH / HZ 480/3/60 OPERATING WEIGHT LBS. 350 MANUFACTURER BELL k GOSSETT MODEL NO. E -1510 2.5 BB 213T NOTES 1 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE PREMIUM EFFICIENCY INVERTER DUTY RATED MOTOR. PROFESSIONAL SE. HV /AC REPLACEMENT BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD 7 Y CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA CONTRACTOR ORFORMATIOPI DRAWN RV PO REVIEWED .. GSA CFI PROMPT WANK 16064 MIR JULY 15, 2016 Mechanical Schedules DALE SET ISSUED FOP DRAB /1 EP MIT COMM SHEET NIPAPR M202 EXTERIOR WALL 1ST FLOOR I" VENT 4' MIN. ABOVE z. THICK ALUMINUM GRADE OOR I v v v v v v v v v V-4p•—•%, ."•v v v v NOTE: THIS DETAIL WAS DESIGNEE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE SECTION 1609 FOR WIND LOADS OF 145 MPH. CLEVIS HANGER SCHEDULE 'A' AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT UNIT NOM. M. PIPE SIZE 3/8" 'A' 3/8" 'B" 2 -1/8" 'C" 2 -1/2• 'D' 1 -7/16' MAX HANGER SPACING 7' -0" ROD SIZE 3/16' DIA. STAINLESS STEEL SELF TAPPING SCREW WITH WASHER THROUGH BASE OF EXISTING CURB, PROVDE AT 24- INCHES O.C. AND MAXIMUM OF 6- INCHES FROM CORNER ALONG FOUR SIDES OF EQUIPMENT, MIN. OF TWO PER SIDE THREAD PLATE COVER WITH ALUMINUM SLIDE :IACKTOP HANDLE SEAL AROUND I ix 1/2• 3/8" 2 -5 /8" 3' 1 -7/16' T -0" .B 3/4` 3/8• 2 -3/8" 2-7/8" 1-7/16" 7' -0" "C" 1' 3/8" 3 -1/8" 3 -7/8' 1 -7/8" 7' -0' 1 -1/4" 3/8" 2 -3/4" 3 -5 /8" 1 -1/4" 7•-0" •p" 3' r m� 1;11. CONDENSATE •'AIN PITCH II. TO DRYWELL 1-1/2" 3/8" 2 -3/4" 3 -5/8" 1 -1/4" 9' -0" 2 3/8' 3" 4-1/4" 4-1/4" 10' -0�� 2 -1/2• 1/2" 3-5/8" 5 -1/e" 1 -1/2" 1V -0 .II. �f .II. /n__ / 6 �,o o o,� a. -80 0�-• �. -gO Off. I(. • AND 12' ALL AROUND 0 0 24' PVC PIPE 0 ii CRUSHED •LVEL 3" 1/2" 4 -5/8' 6 -3/8" 2 -1/8" 12' -0' 4' 5/8' 5-1/4' 7 -1/2' 2` 14' -0' _ _ , '� 5" 5/8• 6 -1 /8' 8 -7/8' 2 -3/B' 16' -0' 6' 3/4" T 10 -3/8' 2 -3/8" 17 -0" . . .. 1' .!L • 1,'��PO Oa- .11. • - O FILL 1 II L EXISTING ROOF CURB I ATTACHED TO ROOF STRUCTURE _IL . STEEL DECK WITH LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE TOPPING AND ROOFING MATERIAL STEEL BAR JOIST ALL THREADED • _ 2 HANGER R•. •. •„ ) LOCKING NU SUPPORT NUT HEAVY DUTY RANGE INSULATION INSULATION , 0 4 DRYW DETAIL EQUIPMENT ON ROOF CURB TIE DOWN DETAIL WITH VAPOR BARRIER NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOTE: THIS DETAIL WAS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE SECTION 1609 FOR WIND LOADS OF 146 MPH. TYPICAL ALLOWABLE TENSION IN A SHEAR CONDENSING UNIT LOADS PER ANCHOR ARE 380 LBS. (PULLOUT) AND 600 LBS SHEAR RESULTING 1,520 LBS TENSION (PULLOUT) AND 2,400 CAPACITY PER BASE PLATE. THREADED PLUG CLEAN-OU SLOPE TOWARDS DRAIN AT A MIN. OF 1/8' -INCH PER LINEAR SIZE FAN BE �'�„ AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT DRAIN PAN ����'������ IIIIII �• \ �� �• : 1►��1 •���` ►��i AO\' 04, II \�►t :• .'/ / 111111 ��� PIPIN 18 GA. GALVD SADDLE DIA. OR 1/2'- ALL THREADED HANGER R00 \ STANDARD PIPE STRAP RUBBER ISOLATION PAD STEEL 3 TIMES PIPE 9' MIN LE . ���� I ��� ��� RUBBER VIBRATION P r•. BY A/C CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE (4)-22 GA- 1$" WA• ( ) HURRICANE STRAPS PER CONDENSING U A6' 3'i A) (2) - LOBG a307 STEEL GALV. BOLTS AND NUT EASTERNERS TO WEB OF ALUMINUM STAND RAILS. 4'C B) (3) -10 -16 x 3D' HWH i3 SELF DRIWNG .��i. HILT KWIK -FLEX SCREWS TO WEB OF ALUMINUM STAND RAIL �� � �� �� \ \ �� -��. P. o, ` 3" _ • A • PIPE CONNECTION, 'A' SHALL THAN SHALL THREADED CONNECTION ONE NPT UNION P -TRAP SHALL BE FULL SIZE MIN. SIZE OF BE A MINIMUM OF SUCTION PRESSURE. 3- INCHES. ^ 1 ��� 30• NOTES 1. CONDENSATE OF UNIT DRAIN 3/4 -INCH. 2. STEM HEIGHT 1 -INCH GREATER MINIMUM HEIGHT FOR BARE PUTS LOCKING NUT UNISTRUT ..����� /� / //\� �L`e�� A���• 6•x6'xYi PLATE ANCHOR LEGS USING (4) HILT HDI -P y '- g • I 1 of Q \_,� �,I�J �� ����4 y�►�� J��• ►� WITH AN ANCHOR MIN. OF O AND A JN '. BOLT ANCHOR MIAL FOR PEST TENSION SLAB. (4) ANCHORS SHALL BE REQUIRED PER STAND. EACH ANCHOR SHALL BE INSTALLED PER HILT SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AND, MORE SPECIFICALLY USING A HILT MODEL/HSD -G/P i6' -3i SETTING TOOL Y" xr GALVANIZED STEEL THUMBSCRE TIGHTEN WITH TORQUE WRENCH TO REFUSAL / 13i x13" x%s" GALVANIZD STEEL 1)4%1)4 "x/f" GALVANIZD STEEL 1 -)4" SCH 40 WALL 1 -1/2' x 1 -i/2" 1-T /r 1-1 /2' MIN. ��• SUPPORT NUT ��� 18 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL SADDLE 3 TIMES PIPE DIA. OR 9" MIN LENGTH. W/WASHER CONDENSING UNIT AND SUPPORT TIE -DOWN DETAIL CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL PIPE HANGER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 3i STEEL BASE RAIL INSTALL MIA 859181 CALION OSEII101F54I6 RAIL FRUMP SEALALIT US" 14 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLE, 3 "53" ARING SURFACES. HANGER ROD THRU NEW STEEL FRAMING ANGLES CHANNEL AND SHALL BE L2X2X3 /8 LLV. SECURED WITH FLAT T AT PERIMETER OF CURB. WASHERS & NYLON Too ' •� PROVIDE 3/16" WELD LOCKING NUTS. I \ I CONNECTIONS AT EACH G 1/4 INCH DIA X 1 -1/2" ZINC PLATED STEEL SELF TAPPING SCREWS THROUGH EQUIPMENT L y I I POINT OF CONNECTION �_ DOUBLE DEFLECTION NEOPRENE HANGER, -� BETWEEN STEEL ANGLES AND ROOF JOISTS. 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD CONTINUOUS THRU AIR AND DRAIN PAN SUPPORTSSECU SECURE FLAT WASHERS & NYLON LOCKING NUTS FILTER R/45NCH DIA X 3" ZINC AIR FLOW PLATED STEEL EXPANSION BOLTS THROUGH CONCRETE. 0.40" DEFLECTION PROVIDE MIN. 6" SHEET METAL DUCT BETWEEN UNIT AND BETWEEN (FOR FLEX UNITS WITH ELECTRIC CONDENSER C01 IIIIIIIIIIIII '� l a CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT STEEL BASE RAILS AS A COMPONENT OF THE 4-INCH THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD BY iilli r /�� IN. b1R' ACCESS FLEX CONNECTION . `'l• • •• HEAT). WSHP (TYPICAL) _ METAL PPE CLEAN VALVE AND STRAINER TRANSITION ( 2) Jlflll -•-6,- �r iype MAX. DIA STE¢ PIPE (SCH. IROB HEAVIER FLOAT CONTROL -- �A., SHUT -OFF SWITCH FOR COPPER PIPE r - - - v� REPLACE HOSE \ KIT TO UNIT FROM THIS POINT ( 2) 1 -3" X T -%I" UNI -STRUT CHANNELS BELOW AIR HANDLER AND DRAIN PAN \\ T • OVERFLOW CONDITIONS \ CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN, 2' HIGH X 2 LARGER THAN UNIT. PAN SHALL BE 18 GA. GALV. SHEET. CROSSED BRACED AS SEAMS SHALL BE SOLDERED. STEM. CONDUIT ; GENERAL CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT SECURE TWO SIDES TWO PER LONGEST TWO ED VIEW WF FOR ATTACHMENT SEE ENLARGED NEW FOR ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS. CONDENSING UNIT TIE DOWN DETAIL SUSPENDED WSHP INSTALLATION DETAIL METL PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE OVER METAL DECKING (2 -HR) DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE PROFESSIONALSEAL HV /AC REPLACEMENT BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD CLENTHEMAATION CITY OFCLEARWATER, FLORIDA 2 8 IN a CONIVACTORINFORMADOM PO •Y GSA CD 16064 E ff DATE JULY 15, 2016 SHEET MIE Mechanical Details DATE •PERMIT COMM M301 Py a IN 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ADDENDUM NO. 3 Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 8 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 9 AFFIDAVIT 10 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 11 PROPOSAL 12 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 15 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL Error! Bookmark not defined. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 23 SECTION V i Updated 6/3/2016 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4856 BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC UNITS REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT & MISCELLANEOUS WORK PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B PROJECT DESCRIPTION: BY THIS BOND, We, , as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[ "- -(1m- ], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of .pro -4 ], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 1 1 1 1 :4, 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this of , 20 (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name: (affix corporate seal) day By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Print Name: (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) SECTION V Page 2 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 I • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated , of the City of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the by and between the as the "City ", and County of "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B in the amount of $ In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). SECTION V Page 3 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1� SECTION V— Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE ' CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727 -562 -4092, Rosemarie .Call(a,myclearwater.com,, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public ' agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public 1 agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public le records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor ' does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate ' public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. ' All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. ' 1) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply • with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract Iprovisions in accordance with the contract. SECTION V Page 5 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 w 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents g) A contractor who fails to s rovide the • ublic records to the s ublic a enc within a reasonable time ma be sub'ect to ' enalties under Section 119.10 Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed a to a ublic a enc ainst a contractor to com el roduction of s contract for services the court shall assess and award aeainsst the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement includin reasonable attorne fees if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfull refused to com ' 1 with the public records request within a reasonable time, and 2. At least 8 business da s before filin the action the i laintiff s rovided written notice of the ublic records , a not com lied with the re uest to the ublic a enc statement and to the that tractor has i) A notice com s lies with sub ara ra • h h 2. if it is sent to the s ublic a enc 's custodian of s ublic records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the • ublic a • enc or to the contractor's re ' ent. Such notices must be sent b common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. re . uest includin J) SECTION V istered a Page 6 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: (SEAL) ' William B. Horne, II City Manager 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 Countersigned: By: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether Corporation Partnership Company or Individual The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk Approved as to form: Matthew M. Smith Assistant City Attorney (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Title: SECTION V Page 7 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NAME: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO.: 16- 0023 -PR -B CONTRACT DATE: BON D NO.,. (, recorded in O.R. Book M Page of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: on bond of ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this _ day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 8 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION V— Contract Documents li° PROPOSALBID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Contractor, and as Surety, whose address is I, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of 1 which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Contractor, and as Surety, for work specified as: 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: Corporation Partnership Company or Individual Signed this day of , 20 . The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Contractor Principal By: Title Surety SECTION V Page 9 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public Type /print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SECTION V Page 10 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ) being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20 Notary Public SECTION V Page 11 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SECTION V Page 12 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.• 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). ($ ) NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: SECTION V Page 13 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: Title: Company Legal Name: Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Zip Code Phone: Email Address: Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20 . SECTION V Page 14 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) SECTION V Page 15 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO.3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, replace cooling tower & cooling tower pumps WLP 1 and 2; thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality - there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: BASE BID: 1. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -103 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 2. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -104 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 3. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100B, HP -115 & HP -206 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 4. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -204 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 5. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -102A, HP -102B & HP -109 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 6. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -105 & HP -114B HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 Each 1 Each 2 Each 1 Each 2 Each 2 SECTION V Page 16 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 i 14) SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO.3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 7. Remove & replace Desert Aire Split System with new unit, remove & replace controls with new, remove & replace roof curbs with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents &above scope of work. Each 1 8. Remove and replace cooling tower per cooling tower schedule, dispose existing of cooling tower, provide new roofing curbing and repair roofing as necessary provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational cooling tower unit as stated in the contact documents & above scope of work CT -1 9. Remove and replace cooling tower P -1 & P -2 with new pumps provide all miscellaneous items for a complete operational cooling tower pumping units as stated in the contact documents 10. Provide rental crane for removal of existing cooling Tower and other HV /AC units on the roof. 11. Provide new mini Split HVAC System 3 Tons, AH & CU 301 & 302 include copper continues piping and wrap as required, include new NEMA 3R 22.5 KVA 3 PH Mini Power Center Panel & Transformer Combo provide all necessary roof protection & all other miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC system in the Diamond Club Concession Each 1 Each 2 LS 1 Each 2 12. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual LS 1 13. Mobilization & Demobilization LS 1 14. Notification Fee 10 Day Notice to Pinellas County Air Quality — No Asbestos Found at BHF of associated HVAC Renovation work LS 1 15. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC compressors of Base Bid items LS 1 16. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 17. Profit and Overhead LS 1 18. City of Clearwater Building Permit No Fee for City project from Building Dept. LS 1 N/A N/A SECTION V Page 17 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 y 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO.3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 19. Sales Tax for Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) of materials (WSPHs, CT -1, P -1, P -2, Hose Kits, thermostat controls, ACs & CUs, electrical items, & all other miscellaneous items) 20. 10% Bid Bond, Performance bond recorded at Pinellas County Court House recorded original provide to the Owner. LS 1 L. S. 1 21. Sub Total of items 1 — 20 $ 22. * 10% Contingency of line 21 $ *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 1 -20 of the Bill of Quantities. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract (purchase order.) 23. Grand Total items 1 through 20 Base Bid Items plus 10% Contingency $ CONTRACTOR NAME: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) A. For extra work: OH &P percentage for materials purchased on a time and material (T &M) basis. ADD $ B. For extra work: OH &P percentage for general contractor for subcontractor services on additional work. ADD $ C. For extra work: Labor rate for work performed on a time and material basis (includes all taxes and fringe benefits). ADD $ /HR OA I. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 18 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 t 1 r 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO.3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT OTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: ADDITITIVE ALTERNATE BID ITEMS: 24. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -113 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 25. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -110 & HP -306 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 26. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100A, HP -101, HP -108, HP 115, HP -116, HP -201, HP -205, HP -302 & HP -303 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 27. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -100C, HP -106, HP -112 & HP -203 units include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 28. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -107, HP 109 & HP -202 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 Each 2 Each 9 Each 4 Each 3 SECTION V Page 19 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V— Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 29. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -114A, HP -207A, HP -207B, HP -301, HP -304, & HP -305 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 6 30. Remove and replace Split HVAC System 4 Tons, AH & CU -104 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 31. Provide new Split HVAC System 5 Tons, AH & CU -103 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 32. Provide new Split HVAC System 10 Tons, AH & CU -101 & 102 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 Each 2 33. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual LS 1 34. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC compressors of Base Bid items LS 1 35. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 36. Profit and Overhead LS 1 37. Sales Tax for Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) of materials (WSPHs, Hose Kits, thermostat controls, ACs & CUs, electrical items, & all other miscellaneous items) LS 1 SECTION V Page 20 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.• 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 3 AUGUST 23, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 38. Performance bond L. S. 1 39. Sub Total of items 25 — 39 $ 40. * 10% Contingency of line 40 *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 25 -39 of the Bill of Quantities Additive Alternate. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract purchase order.) 41. Grand Total items 25 through 39 Additive Alternate Bid Items plus 10% Contingency $ CONTRACTOR NAME: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 21 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 114 1 SECTION V— Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 20 , by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Printed Name SECTION V Page 22 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 ADDENDUM NO. 4 FOR 1 RIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT 16- 0023 -PR -B DATE: August 25, 2016 1 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 4 — Supplemental Information 1 1 1 1 1 1 TO: Prospective Bidders SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: This Addendum is issued to modify the previously issued Contract Documents & Specifications, and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. This Addendum is issued to provide notice of Technical Specifications of Greenfield Environmental June 6, 2016 - Asbestos Survey, Section V Contract Documents and Questions & Answers. Item 1: Technical Specification Greenfield Environmental — Asbestos Survey — Dated June 6, 2016. Item 2: Revisions to Section V Contract Documents em 3: Questions submitted are answered below: 1. I did not see the Asbestos Survey in the contract documents as noted in No. 14 of the Pre -Bid agenda. ' Answer: Greenfield Environmental, Asbestos Survey, dated June 6, 2016 is included in this Addendum No. 4. 1 1 1 1 2. No. 19 & No. 30 of Base Bid and Additive Alternate, This figure will represent ALL sales tax and will not allow the City to identify items at or above $10,000.00. This also includes electrical items which would be included in the Electrical Subcontractor bid. The savings on equipment will vary as it is not uncommon for different HVAC contractors to get different pricing from the same supplier. Answer: The Owner has eliminated line items No. 19 and No. 30 of Base Bid and Additive Alternates referencing all sales tax, the Contractor shall include all required sales tax applicable to each bid item as required by governing agencies. 3. Is it safe to presume that Section III, No. 22, Resident Notification of Start of Construction does not apply? I realize it's intended for R.O.W. work but the wording is ambiguous. el/ Answer: You are correct Resident Notification of Start of Construction does not apply. 1 1 ' Addendum No. 4 — Su lemental Information — contmued... . •• What is location of CU 103? 1 1 Answer: Location of CU 103 is located on 2 "d level co (Concourse) ncourse see Key Plan 2 "d Level 5. Line #41 of Additive Alternate should read "24 through Corrections have been made ugh 39" not "25 through 39" Contract Documents of Addendum no. 4, please note line items 19 & 30 were deleted from om bill f items. quantities and changed numbering of g bid End of Addendum No. 4 2 CEGreenfield Environmental June 6, 2016 City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation Department Mr. Leroy Chin 100 South Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 RE: REVISED PRE - RENOVATION ASBESTOS SURVEYS AT SELECT AREAS OF BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD IN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Dear Mr. Chin: Surveys for asbestos - containing materials (ACMs) were conducted on May 30 and June 6, 2016 by EPA accredited inspector Eric Caplan of Greenfield Environmental, Inc. (GE) at select areas of the above - mentioned structure. The purpose of these asbestos surveys were to identify asbestos containing materials at the above - mentioned area prior to upcoming renovation activities. The sampling was conducted for EPA NESHAP compliance prior to renovation activities. GE is a Florida Licensed Asbestos Consulting Firm with a corresponding license number of ZA- 0000268. The sampling was performed in accordance with the requirements of Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 763 for suspect ACMs. The EPA regulations require that sample locations be randomly selected. All suspect asbestos - containing materials and PACM (materials presumed to contain asbestos under the OSHA Asbestos Rule, 29 CFR 1910) were identified. The samples collected from the areas were labeled and transported to Air Quality Environmental, Inc. for analysis. Air Quality Environmental, Inc. is a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited laboratory (NVLAP No. 200759 -0). Bright House Field was observed to be a baseball complex with several adjoining office areas and public terrace areas. The HVAC system throughout the complex consisted of sheet metal ductwork and metal flexduct. Exterior finishes consisted of rolled roofing materials and EIFS wall finish material. The scope of work for this survey is limited to the stadium roof, EIFS material at select terrace wall areas, HVAC system, stadium boiler and holding tank, and painting projects focused on exterior stairwell railings, concourse overhangs, select exterior doors, exterior fencing, batters eye structure, foul poles, outfield bridge railings, marquis sign pole, backstop poles, second level railings and overhangs, and select galvanized metal water lines and fire lines. 432 3rd Street North, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 • Phone: 727.896.1266 • Fax: 727.896.1566 • 1 1 1 1 1 IS 1 1 1 1 1 1 le 1 A total of the twenty one (21) samples were collected from the above mentioned areas. The laboratory analytical results indicated that none of the materials sampled contained asbestos in amounts greater than one percent (1 %). As such, no specialized asbestos handling or disposal techniques are required prior to or during repair /renovation activities. Please see the attached Summary of Laboratory Analysis for analytical results and sample locations. GE is pleased to have been of assistance to you on this project and we look forward to working with you in the future. If you have any questions or if we can be of any further service, please do not hesitate to call us at (727) 896 -1266. Sincerely, GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. Eric Caplan Michael W. Rothenburg, PE EPA Accredited inspector Florida Licensed Asbestos onsultant #1109201501 #EA- 0000041 1051 -1100 RASLetter Revised le 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - SELECT AREAS LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 1 Sample dumber "° Description/ Location _ Asbestos Content Friability Condition tea 01 01 02 03 Gray Rolled Roofing Material Over Black Mastic Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Good --- -- 02 04 05 06 White Mastic on Pillar Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good - - - -- 03 07 08 09 Black Mastic on Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good - - - -- 04 10 11 12 Gray Mastic on Metal Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Good 05 13 14 15 Tan EIFS Material Located at Select Terrace Area Walls No Asbestos Detected Friable Good - - -- 06 i 16 17 18 White Mastic on Flex Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 07 19 20 21 White Insulation Material at Water Lines Connected to Holding Tank and Water Heater Located at Facilities Boiler Room No Asbestos Detected Friable Good 1 CERTIFICATIONS 1 1 r vent, Rokerts ewV .rowntewta i, Trr t ,1-wg, t tko. 3.9 4th Avelitke N Sevieti,v.ot,e, FL 337-70 727-5:93-30 6 Asbestos survee Meckait%caL (twspector) W.641, Tilltm ikg ThL is to Certif that Etie, CAStaw Tvai,14.4460 was ice. accarciance with TitLe H c-f TSCA, 40 CFR. Part 7&3. Appeoiax C to StApar E as revised Date of ExA►+uivtatLo i 1 Date of Course: 11./712015-111y2015 !2015 Expiratiovt. bate 111,)/201C, Cert2 f irate # 110_920-1501 Caurst # FL 9O0°63i , ()vizi er # FL..4 30403814 a I a 1 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT (850) 487 -1395 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET TALLAHASSEE FL 32399 -0783 GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL INC MICHAEL ROTHENBURG 432 3RD STREET NORTH ST. PETERSBURG FL 33701 Congratulations! With this license you become one of the nearly one million Floridians licensed by the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. Our professionals and businesses range from architects to yacht brokers, from boxers to barbeque restaurants, and they keep Florida's economy strong. Every day we work to improve the way we do business in order to serve you better. For information about our services, please log onto www.myfloridalicense.com. There you can find more information about our divisions and the regulations that impact you, subscribe to department newsletters and learn more about the Department's initiatives. Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly strive to serve you better so that you can serve your customers. Thank you for doing business in Florida, and congratulations on your new license! RTCK SCOTT— GOVERNOR • LICEr,;,€ r:'JR L'LR DETACH HERE STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND 4.z.. PROFS .. GULATION �Y� ZA0000268 '09110/201.5. 1$ LIGENSfCCunctat; the se latonii at 041.489 F3 - Expiration deo' :.NOV 30; 201T:'.. - Lism06002p4 KENIAWSON SfeRE9 ARY- -- STATE OF FLORID. LORIDA • • DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT • The .7filifikS8eSTtit 'BUSINESS ORGANIZATION Neimiwt .IS'LICENSED • Uhdort :'pr otsof Ch t+ondate: Nov** 2 te-46.9 FS. 17 -:- ISSUED: 09110/2015 DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW SEQ # L1509100002639 • 1 1 so 1 i SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ADDENDUM NO. 4 Table of Contents: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 8 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 9 AFFIDAVIT 10 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 11 PROPOSAL 12 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 15 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL Error! Bookmark not defined. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 23 SECTION V I Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 so 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified cony of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562 -4856 BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC UNITS REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT & MISCELLANEOUS WORK PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B PROJECT DESCRIPTION: BY THIS BOND, We, as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[ ], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of � +��], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, 1 reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20_ go(If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). 1 1 WITNESS: 1 Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name: (affix corporate seal) By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Print Name: (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) SECTION V Page 2 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 MO 1 1 1 1 1 1 le � 1 SECTION V— Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and , of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B in the amount of $ In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). SECTION V Page 3 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 se 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION V— Contract Documents 1 1 1 1 1 MO 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executin g this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727 -562 -4092, Rosemarie .Callna,myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency ") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. SECTION V Page 5 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 i 1 1 so 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• SECTION V — Contract Documents g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. J) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. ■ SECTION V Page 6 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 'Ash IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and I/ have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA I* I I I I I I I 1 1 By: (SEAL) William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether or Corporation Partnership Company Individual The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk Approved as to form: Matthew M. Smith Assistant City Attorney (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Title: SECTION V Page 7 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 It 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NAME: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO.: 16- 0023 -PR -B CONTRACT DATE: BOND NO . ,.c';>, recorded in O.R. Book r" , Page , of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: on bond of ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Attest: (Seal): bond. the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 8 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 so 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSALBID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Contractor, and as Surety, whose address is , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Contractor, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: Corporation Partnership Company or Individual Signed this day of , 20 . The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Contractor Principal By: Title Surety SECTION V Page 9 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents lish AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) 1 se 1 COUNTY OF being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by -laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of Sworn to before me this (Title) (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public Type /print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SECTION V Page 10 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT I ILSTATE OF FLORIDA 1 ) COUNTY OF being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public SECTION V Page 11 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) • TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SECTION V Page 12 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of ($ (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: p p g g (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: I 1 SECTION V Page 13 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents Iliik PROPOSAL (3) ▪ ▪ The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1� Principal: By: Title: Company Legal Name: Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Zip Code Phone: Email Address: Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20 . SECTION V Page 14 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 I 1 le 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I. I SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD HV /AC RENOVATIONS PROJECT NO. 16- 0023 -PR -B Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) SECTION V Page 15 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 lo 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1S 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, replace cooling tower & cooling tower pumps WLP 1 and 2; thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall include all required sales tax applicable to each bid item as required by governing agencies, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality - there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: BASE BID: 1. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -103 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 2. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -104 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 3. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100B, HP-1 15 & HP -206 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 4. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -204 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 5. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -102A, HP -102B & HP -109 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 Each 2 Each 1 Each 2 SECTION V Page 16 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 6. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -105 & HP -114B HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 2 7. Remove & replace Desert Aire Split System with new unit, remove & replace controls with new, remove & replace roof curbs with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents &above scope of work. Each 1 8. Remove and replace cooling tower per cooling tower schedule, dispose existing of cooling tower, provide new roofing curbing and repair roofing as necessary provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational cooling tower unit as stated in the contact documents & above scope of work CT -1 9. Remove and replace cooling tower P -1 & P -2 with new pumps provide all miscellaneous items for a complete operational cooling tower pumping units as stated in the contact documents 10. Provide rental crane for removal of existing cooling Tower and other HV /AC units on the roof. 11. Provide new mini Split HVAC System 3 Tons, AH & CU 301 & 302 include copper continues piping and wrap as required, include new NEMA 3R 22.5 KVA 3 PH Mini Power Center Panel & Transformer Combo provide all necessary roof protection & all other miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC system in the Diamond Club Concession 12. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual 13. Mobilization & Demobilization 14. Notification Fee 10 Day Notice to Pinellas County Air Quality — No Asbestos Found at BHF of associated HVAC Renovation work 15. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC compressors of Base Bid items Each 1 Each 2 LS 1 Each 2 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 SECTION V Page 17 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1• 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S BASE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE 16. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 17. Profit and Overhead LS 1 18. City of Clearwater Building Permit No Fee for City project from Building Dept. LS 1 N/A N/A 19. 10% Bid Bond, Performance bond recorded at Pinellas County Court House recorded original provide to the Owner. L. S. 1 20. Sub Total of items 1 -19 $ 21. *10% Contingency of line 20 *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 1 -19 of the Bill of Quantities. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract (purchase order.) 22. Grand Total items 1 through 19 Base Bid Items plus 10% Contingency $ CONTRACTOR NAME: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) A. For extra work: OH &P percentage for materials purchased on a time and material (T &M) basis. ADD $ B. For extra work: OH &P percentage for general contractor for subcontractor services on additional work. ADD $ C. For extra work: Labor rate for work performed on a time and material basis (includes all taxes and fringe benefits). ADD $ /HR 1. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 18 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for removal and replacement of HVAC systems, all associated necessary work such as (removed HVAC system & construction debris disposed off site, removal and replacement of ceiling tile & grid, disconnect and reconnect of electrical service to heat pump /air handler — air handling units, removal and replacement of hose kits with new, all existing ductwork to remain and undisturbed except at connection to HVAC units being replaced, all refrigerant piping and condensate piping to remain unless noted, remove, clean and reinstall balancing valves and strainers, replace water source heat pumps and split systems as shown, thermostat controls shall be replace in kind; provide any and all miscellaneous necessary items as required to provide a complete operational HVAC systems) shown on the contract documents and provide a complete operating HVAC systems to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall include all required sales tax applicable to each bid item as required by governing agencies, Contractor shall provide all necessary items for a complete system and items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: ADDITITIVE ALTERNATE BID ITEMS: 23. Remove & replace WSHP 1.5 Tons. HP -113 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 24. Remove & replace WSHP 2 Tons. HP -110 & HP -306 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 25. Remove & replace WSHP 3 Tons. HP -100A, HP -101, HP -108, HP 115, HP -116, HP -201, HP -205, HP -302 & HP -303 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work 26. Remove & replace WSHP 3.5 Tons. HP -100C, HP -106, HP -112 & HP -203 units include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work. 27. Remove & replace WSHP 4 Tons. HP -107, HP 109 & HP -202 HVAC unit include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 Each 2 Each 9 Each 4 Each 3 SECTION V Page 19 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 ISECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued ' PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. AUGUST 25, 2016 • HV /AC RENOVATIONS I CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE I28. Remove & replace WSHP 5 Tons. HP -114A, HP -207A, HP -207B, HP -301, HP -304, & HP -305 HVAC unit I include new hose kit, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 6 I29. Remove and replace Split HVAC System 4 Tons, AH & CU -104 HVAC units, remove & replace I controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope of work Each 1 I 30. Provide new Split HVAC System 5 Tons, AH & CU -103 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the Icontact documents and above scope of work Each 1 31. Provide new Split HVAC System 10 Tons, All & 1411 CU -101 & 102 HVAC units, remove & replace controls with new, provide all miscellaneous items to provide a complete operational HVAC unit as stated in the contact documents and above scope Iof work Each 2 32. Provide Testing & Balance of HVAC System, I Provide copy of Test & Balance report in 0 &M Manual LS 1 33. Extended 5 year warranty of all HVAC Icompressors of Alternate Bid items LS 1 ' 34. General Conditions /Supervision LS 1 35. Profit and Overhead LS 1 1 SECTION V Page 20 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N 1 1 1 1 1 1 14) 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID PROPOSAL (continued ....) PROJECT: BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - ADDENDUM NO. 4 AUGUST 25, 2016 HV /AC RENOVATIONS CONTRACT 16- 0023 -PR -B ITEM UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE 36. Performance bond L. S. 1 37. Sub Total of items 23 — 36 $ 38. *10% Contingency of line 37 *(Note contingency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the Owner or the owner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work not included in items 23 -37 of the Bill of Quantities Additive Alternate. Contingency funds not utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be returned to the Owner by closing out purchase order short during close out of the contract purchase order.) 39. Grand Total items 23 through 37 Additive Alternate Bid Items plus 10% Contingency $ CONTRACTOR NAME: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SELECT ANY ITEMS AND OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE TOTAL PRICE SHALL BE BASED ON ITEMS SELECTED BY THE OWNER OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION V Page 21 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity /Corporation STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 20 , by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Printed Name SECTION V Page 22 of 17 Updated 6/3/2016